Skip to main content

Full text of "Researches on the effects of bloodletting in some inflammatory diseases, and on the influence of tartarized antimony and vesication in pneumonitis"

See other formats


MT 
L 


(s? 

RESEARCHES 


ON    THE 

EFFECTS  OF  BLOODLETTING 

IN    SOME 

INFLAMMATORY   DISEASES, 

AND    ON    THE 

INFLUENCE  OF  TARTARIZED   ANTIMONY 

AND  VESICATION  IN  PNEUMONITIS. 
|&        \jfi   fj}0" 

' 

Physician  of  the  Hospital  la  Pitie,  perpetual  President  of  the  Medical  Society  of  Observation,  Member  of 

the  Royal  Academy  of  Medicine  of  Paris,  Corresponding  Member  of  the  Medical  Society  of 

Marseilles,  of  the  Imperial  Medico-Chirurgical  Society  of  St.  Petersburg  and  of 

the  Medical  Society  of  Edinburgh  ;  Member  of  the  Legion  of  Honor. 

TRANSLATED 

BY    C.    G.    PUTNAM,   M.  D. 

WITH    PREFACE    AND    APPENDIX 
BY    JAMES    JACKSON,   M.   D. 

Physician  of  the  Massachusetts  General  Hospital. 


BOSTON: 
BILLIARD,   GRAY,    &    COMPANY. 

M  DCCC  XXXVI. 


Entered  according  to  the  act  of  Congress  in  the  year  1835, 

by  HILLIARD,  GRAY,  AND  Co., 
in  the  Clerk's  office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  District  of  Massachusetts. 


H' 

L 


FREEMAN     AND      UOLLES, 
Printers,  Washington  Street. 


CONTENTS. 


Preface 

Dedication 

Advertisement  by  the  Author 


v 

xxix 
xxxi 


CHAPTER  FIRST. 

Researches  on  the  effects  of  bloodletting  in  some  in- 
flammatory diseases  ..... 

ARTICLE    FIRST. 

Effect  of  bloodletting  in  pneumonitis        .         .         . 

ARTICLE    SECOND. 

Effect  of  bloodletting  in  erysipelas  of  the  face 

ARTICLE    THIRD. 

Effect  of  bloodletting  in  angina  tonsillaris 


14 


19 


CHAPTER  SECOND. 

New  facts  relative  to  the  effects  of  bloodletting  in 
acute  diseases 


24 


IV  CONTENTS. 

ARTICLE    FIRST. 

Facts  relative  to  the  treatment  of  pneumonitis. 

1 .  Effects  of  Bloodletting. 

2.  Effects  of  Tartarized  Antimony. 

3.  Effects  of  Vesication  compared  with  those 

of  Antimony 25 

ARTICLE    SECOND. 

Effect  of  bloodletting  in  erysipelas  of  the  face  .         53 

CHAPTER  THIRD. 

Examination  of  the  method  followed  in  the  preceding 
chapters,  to  determine  the  therapeutic  effects  of 
bloodletting  and  antimony  ....  55 

Remarks  on  a  few  works  upon  bloodletting  .  70 

APPENDIX  99 


PREFACE  BY  J.  JACKSON,  M.  D. 


Errata.— On  p.  150,  for        Pulv.  Colchic,  rad.  gas. 

Potass,  et  Sodse  Tartrat.  gss. 
read  Pulv.  Colchic,  rad.  gss. 

Potass,  et  Sodee  Tartrat.  311.88. 

oeen  my  part  to  aaa  to  it  a  prelace  and  an  ap- 
pendix. 

It  is  the  latest  of  Mr.  Louis's  publications,  or 
the  latest  which  has  reached  us.  It  differs  from 
his  other  works  ;  for  they  related  principally  to 
the  pathology,  to  the  diagnosis  and  the  interpre- 
tation of  symptoms,  in  the  diseases  of  which  they 
treated.  This  relates  to  therapeutics,  and  prin- 
cipally to  one  of  the  most  interesting  questions 
in  this  branch  of  medical  science.  If  any  thing 
may  be  regarded  as  settled  in  the  treatment  of 
diseases,  it  is  that  bloodletting  is  useful  in  the 
class  of  diseases  called  inflammatory ;  and  es- 
pecially in  inflammations  of  the  thoracic  viscera. 
To  the  general  opinion,  or  belief  on  this  subject, 


VI 

M.  Louis  gives  support  by  his  observations ;  but 
the  result  of  these  observations  is  that  the  ben- 
efits derived  from  bleeding  in  the  diseases,  which 
he  has  here  examined,  are  not  so  great  and 
striking,  as  they  have  been  represented  by  many 
teachers.  If  the  same  results  should  be  ob- 
tained by  others,  after  making  observations  as 
rigorous  as  those  of  M.  Louis,  many  of  us  will 
be  compelled  to  modify  our  former  opinions. 
But  whatever  may  be  the  conclusions,  in  which 
we  may  ultimately  rest,  this  work  must  be  re- 
garded as  highly  valuable.  The  author  does  not 
pretend  that  the  questions,  here  discussed,  are 
decided  for  ever.  He  makes  a  valuable  contri- 
bution to  the  evidence,  on  which  they  must  be 
decided  ;  he  points  out  the  mode,  in  which  this 
evidence  should  be  collected,  and  in  which  its 
materials  should  be  analyzed  ;  and,  seeking 
truth  only,  he  calls  on  others  to  adduce  facts, 
which,  being  gathered  from  various  quarters, 
may  show  us,  with  a  good  degree  of  exactness, 
the  precise  value  of  the  remedy  in  question. 

It  should  be  kept  in  mind,  however,  that  our 
labors  in  this  cause  are  not  to  be  performed 
carelessly.  It  is  in  proportion  as  our  observa- 


Vll 


tions  are  made  with  exactness  and  discrimina- 
tion, that  they  will  satisfy  our  own  minds ;  and 
in  proportion  to  the  evidence  of  our  care  and  ac- 
curacy that  we  can  satisfy  others.  First,  we 
must  be  careful  as  to  our  diagnosis ;  and  second, 
we  must  be  accurate  as  to  the  period  of  disease ; 
third,  we  must  be  minute  in  noting  the  particu- 
lars, in  which  amendment  is  produced  ;  and 
fourth,  we  must  be  precise  in  stating  the  extent 
and  the  manner,  in  which  the  remedy  is  em- 
ployed. 

To  many  of  our  readers  M.  Louis  is  not  yet 
known.  It  would  be  sufficient  to  refer  them  to 
the  pages  of  the  work,  which  follows,  for  evi- 
dence of  his  fitness  for  the  task  he  has  under- 
taken. But,  as  it  may  be  gratifying  to  many  per- 
sons to  know  more  of  him,  and  of  the  method, 
which  he  has  pursued  in  the  study  of  medicine, 
I  shall  here  copy  a  note  respecting  him,  which  I 
have  printed  in  another  work. 

"P.  Ch.  A.  Louis,  physician  of  the  Hospital 
de  la  Pitie,  is  a  man,  whose  labors  and  whose 
writings  must  become  more  and  more  known  for 
ages.  I  should  deem  it  service  enough  to  my 
brethren  in  this  country,  if  I  could  induce  them, 


Vlll 

one  and  all,  to  read  and  study  the  works  of  this 
great  pathologist.  M.  Louis  is  the  founder  of 
the  numerical  system,  as  it  has  been  denomi- 
nated, in  respect  to  the  science  of  medicine.  It 
is  the  object  of  this  note  to  state  what  that  sys- 
tem is,  and  briefly  to  advert  to  the  successful 
application  of  it  by  its  founder. 

"  How  many  will  be  ready  to  turn  aside,  when 
they  hear  of  a  new  system.  Has  not  system 
followed  system,  it  will  be  asked,  ever  since 
the  days  of  the  four  humors.  Facts,  it  will 
be  added,  observations,  exact  observations  are 
wanting,  not  systems,  in  order  to  carry  forward 
the  science  of  medicine.  Be  it  so;  it  is  the  last 
point,  on  which  I  would  disagree  with  my  rea- 
der. If  however  that  reader  has  not  had  much 
experience  on  the  subject,  he  may  not  be  aware 
of  the  difficulty  of  making  good  observations,  as 
regards  both  pathology  and  therapeutics,  and  of 
the  caution  which  is  requisite  in  making  deduc- 
tions. These  difficulties  should  not  deter  us 
from  adopting  the  right  course;  they  should 
only  make  us  study  to  find  out  what  this  course 
is.  M.  Louis  certainly  will  not  direct  us  to 
turn  from  observation  to  speculation. 


IX 


""But  to  remove  the  objection,  let  me  say  at 
once  that  M.  Louis  has  not  brought  forward  a 
new  system  of  medicine ;  he  has  only  proposed 
and  pursued  a  new  method  in  prosecuting  the 
study  of  medicine.  This  is  nothing  else  than 
the  method  of  induction,  the  method  of  Bacon, 
so  much  vaunted  and  yet  so  little  regarded. 
But,  if  so,  where  is  the  novelty?  If  any  one, 
after  patiently  studying  and  practising  the  me- 
thod proposed  by  M.  Louis,  denies  the  novelty 
of  it,  1  will  not  dispute  with  him  a  moment. 
Perhaps  he  will  then  agree  with  me  that  it  is  a 
novelty  to  pursue  the  method  of  Bacon  thor- 
oughly and  truly  in  the  study  of  medicine ; 
though  it  is  not  new  to  talk  of  it  and  to  laud  it. 

"  A  little  history  of  one  part  of  M.  Louis's  life 
will  throw  some  light  on  this  subject.  This 
gentleman  went  abroad,  and  I  believe  had  some 
appointment  in  Russia,  after  he  had  gone  through 
the  usual  course  of  professional  education.  Re- 
turning to  France  at  the  age  of  thirty-two,  he 
was  about  to  engage  in  private  practice.  He 
was  then  led  to  examine  anew  the  state  of  the 
science  of  medicine,  and  was  dissatisfied  with  it. 
He  now  decided  to  abandon  the  thoughts  of  prac- 


tice  for  a  time,  and  to  devote  himself  to  observa- 
tion ;  that  is,  to  the  study  of  disease  as  it  actu- 
ally presents  itself.  With  this  view  he  went 
into  the  hospital  la  Charite  in  Paris,  and  fol- 
lowed the  practice  of  M.  Chomel,  now  a  physi- 
cian at  the  Hotel  Dieu  and  Professor  of  Clinical 
medicine,  and  highly  esteemed  as  an  author. 
M.  Louis  passed  nearly  seven  years  in  studying 
medicine  in  this  way.  The  first  part  of  this 
time  he  was  learning  how  to  make  observations. 
When  he  thought  he  had  attained  this  art,  he 
threw  away,  as  I  have  understood,  the  notes  he 
had  already  collected,  and  began  anew  to  accu- 
mulate exact  observations  of  the  phenomena 
presented  by  the  sick  and  of  those  derived  from 
an  examination  after  death  in  the  fatal  cases.  In 
this  course  of  observations  he  did  not  make  a 
selection  of  cases,  but  took  them  as  they  were 
presented,  indiscriminately.  He  was  not  in  a 
hurry  to  make  deductions  from  his  cases,  satis- 
fied that  he  was  gathering  the  materials,  from 
which  truth  must  ultimately  be  elicited.  He 
was  only  careful  that  his  observations  should  be 
correct,  and  had  not  any  general  principles,  or 
doctrines,  for  which  he  sought  support,  or  con- 
firmation. 


XI 

"  To  estimate  the  value  of  his  observations,  it 
is  necessary  to  understand  the  plan,  on  which 
he  collected  them.  First,  then,  he  ascertained 
when  the  patient  under  his  examination  began 
to  be  diseased.  Not  satisfied  with  vague  an- 
swers, he  went  back  to  the  period,  when  the 
patient  enjoyed  his  usual  health;  and  he  also 
endeavored  to  learn  whether  that  usual  health 
had  been  firm,  or  in  any  respect  infirm.  He 
noted  also  the  age,  occupation,  residence,  and 
manner  of  living  of  the  patient ;  likewise  any 
accidents  which  had  occurred,  and  which  might 
have  influenced  the  disease  then  affecting  him. 
He  ascertained  also,  as  much  as  possible,  the 
diseases  which  had  occurred  in  the  family  of  his 
patient.  Secondly,  he  inquired  into  the  present 
disease,  ascertaining  not  only  what  symptoms 
had  marked  its  commencement,  but  those  which 
had  been  subsequently  developed  and  the  order 
of  their  occurrence  ;  and  recording  those,  which 
might  not  seem  to  be  connected  with  the  princi- 
pal disease,  as  well  as  those  which  were  so 
connected  ;  also,  measuring  the  degree  or  vio- 
lence of  each  symptom,  with  as  much  accuracy 
as  the  case  would  admit.  Thirdly,  he  noted 


XII 


the  actual  phenomena  present  at  his  examina- 
tion, depending  for  this  not  only  on  the  state- 
ment of  the  patient,  but  on  his  own  senses,  his 
eyes,  his  ears  and  his  hands.  Under  this  and 
the  preceding  head  he  was  not  satisfied  with 
noting  the  functions,  in  which  the  patient  com- 
plained of  disorder,  but  examined  carefully  as  to 
all  the  functions,  recording  their  state  as  being 
healthy  or  otherwise,  and  even  noticing  the  ab- 
sence of  symptoms,  which  might  bear  on  the  di- 
agnosis. Thus  all  secondary  diseases,  and 
those,  which  accidentally  co-existed  with  the 
principal  malady,  were  brought  under  his  view. 
Fourthly,  he  continued  to  watch  his  patient  from 
day  to  day,  carefully  recording  all  the  changes, 
which  occurred  in  him  till  his  restoration  to 
health,  or  his  decease.  Fifthly,  in  the  fatal 
cases  he  exercised  the  same  scrupulous  care  in 
examining  the  dead,  as  he  had  in  regard  to  the 
living  subject.  Prepared  by  a  minute  acquaint- 
ance with  anatomy,  and  familiar  with  the  chan- 
ges wrought  by  disease,  he  looked  not  only  at 
the  parts  where  the  principal  disorder  was  man- 
ifested, but  at  all  the  organs.  His  notes  did  not 
state  opinions,  but  facts.  He  recorded  in  regard 


Xlll 


to  each  part,  which  was  not  quite  healthy  in  its 
appearance,  the  changes  in  color,  consistence, 
firmness,  thickness,  &c. ;  not  contenting  himself 
with  saying  that  a  part  was  inflamed,  or  was 
cancerous,  or  with  the  use  of  any  general,  but 
indefinite  terms. 

"Without  presuming  that  I  have  described  in 
the  most  exact  manner  the  course  pursued  by 
M.  Louis,  I  have  said  enough  to  make  his  plan 
intelligible  to  men  of  sagacity.  Others  have 
taken  down  cases  in  like  manner.  In  the  first 
volume  of  the  "  Transactions  of  a  Society  for  the 
improvement  of  Medical  and  Chirurgical  know- 
ledge," published  1793,  there  is  a  paper  by  Dr. 
George  Fordyce,  entitled,  "an  attempt  to  im- 
prove the  evidence  of  medicine."  In  this  paper 
Dr.  Fordyce  recommends  the  careful  collection 
of  cases,  as  the  only  foundation  for  the  improve- 
ment which  he  wished  to  see.  Dr.  Fordyce  goes 
into  many  details,  and  gives  two  cases  in  a  tabu- 
lar form  by  way  of  illustration,  and  states  that 
he  has  many  cases  collected  upon  this  plan.  In 
his  plan  some  matters  are  insisted  upon  more 
than  by  M.  Louis  perhaps ;  others  less.  But  Dr. 
Fordyce  does  not  insist  upon  the  examination 


XIV 

after  death,  a  most  important  part  of  the  plan 
adopted  by  M.  Louis.  If  however  the  attempt 
proposed  had  been  followed  by  vigorous  efforts, 
most  important  benefits  would  have  resulted 
from  it.  Many  no  doubt  thought  of  doing  it.  I 
myself  thought  seriously  of  it  more  than  thirty 
years  ago,  and  had  blanks  printed  for  my  cases, 
according  to  the  plan  of  Fordyce.  But  the  dif- 
ficulties attending  the  plan  in  private  practice 
discouraged  me  too  soon.  So  far  as  I  have 
known,  M.  Louis  is  the  only  physician  who  has 
devoted  himself  for  years  together,  at  a  mature 
age  and  after  a  sufficient  education,  to  simple 
observation,  without  the  distraction  of  medical 
practice,  and  without  having  any  share  in  the 
treatment  of  the  cases  under  his  observation. 

"  It  was  only  when  he  had  accumulated  a  great 
mass  of  cases,  that  M.  Louis  began  to  deduce 
from  them  any  general  principles.  He  then  ar- 
ranged the  facts  he  had  collected  in  a  tabular 
form,  so  as  to  facilitate  a  comparison  of  them. 
How  much  labor  this  required  will  be  in  some 
measure  conceived,  when  I  state  that,  while  go- 
ing through  one  class  of  his  observations,  those, 
I  believe,  which  relate  to  acute  diseases,  he  re- 


XV 

tired  to  a  distance  from  Paris  and  occupied  ten 
months  in  making  out  his  tables.  This  state- 
ment is,  I  believe,  substantially,  if  not  precisely 
correct. 

"Let  the  reader  conceive  of  these  tables  drawn 
out  with  accuracy,  having  columns  devoted,  with 
proper  discrimination,  to  each  function  and  to  its 
various  derangements,  as  manifested  during  life, 
and  to  each  organ  and  its  lesions  as  ascertained 
after  death ;  let  him  then  go  to  these  tables  and 
inquire,  under  what  circumstances  certain  signs 
of  disease  arise,  and  with  what  pathological 
changes  in  the  dead  body  they  are  found  to  cor- 
respond ;  let  him  ask  under  what  circumstances 
certain  morbid  changes  of  structure  occur,  and 
with  what  symptoms  they  are  found  to  be  con- 
nected ;  he  may  find  the  answers  and  he  may 
obtain  them  numerically.  That  is,  he  may  learn 
in  how  many  cases  out  of  a  hundred  of  any  par- 
ticular disease  he  will  find  a  certain  derange- 
ment of  a  particular  function,  or  a  certain  change 
in  structure  of  a  particular  organ ;  and  he  may 
also  learn  how  often  the  same  things  may  be 
noticed  in  other  diseases,  with  which  that  under 
consideration  may  be  compared.  For  instance, 


XVI 

does  he  ask  how  often  does  it  happen  that  dys- 
phagia  occurs  in  typhus  fever?  M.  Louis  re- 
plies from  his  tables  that  in  the  fatal  cases  of 
typhus,  which  he  had  examined  when  his  work 
on  this  subject  was  written,  rather  more  than 
one  in  five  had  this  symptom.  Is  it  then  asked 
whether  this  symptom  was  found  to  be  con- 
nected with  any  particular  organic  lesion,  M. 
Louis  says  that  in  four  out  of  five  of  these  cases 
there  were  ulcers  in  the  pharynx  or  oesophagus, 
or  other  change  of  structure  in  the  organs  con- 
cerned in  deglutition.  Thus  it  was  shown,  that 
it  has  been  for  want  of  examination  that  we 
have  so  often  attributed  this  symptom  to  weak- 
ness. If  the  same  questions  are  asked  in  respect 
to  other  acute  diseases,  the  answer  furnished  by 
M.  Louis  is,  that  in  the  acute  diseases,  of  which 
he  had  accurate  notes,  exclusive  of  typhus, 
severe  dysphagia  did  not  exist ;  and  that  ulcers 
were  also  wanting  in  the  pharynx,  &c. ;  though 
slight  organic  affections  were  found  in  a  very 
small  proportion  of  those  cases. 

"  Or,  again,  is  it  asked,  how  often  the  epiglot- 
tis, larynx  and  trachea  are  ulcerated  in  pulmonary 
consumption?  M.  Louis  replies  that  the  trachea 


XV11 


exhibits  ulcerations  in  nearly  one  third  of  the 
subjects  of  this  disease  ;  the  larynx  in  a  little 
more,  and  the  epiglottis  in  a  little  less  than  a 
fifth  of  those  subjects.  Meanwhile,  in  other 
chronic  diseases,  M.  Louis  had  found  only  one 
case,  in  which  these  parts  were  ulcerated,  while 
the  lungs  were  not  tuberculous.  The  symptoms, 
by  which  the  ulceration  of  the  epiglottis  was 
marked,  were  a  fixed  pain  in  the  upper  part  of 
the  thyroid  cartilage,  or  just  above  it,  and  a  dif- 
ficulty of  deglutition,  such  that  the  drinks  are 
sometimes  thrown  out  by  the  nose.  The  symp- 
toms attending  the  other  lesions  are  much  less 
distinct,  and  the  statement  of  them  would  lead 
to  details  not  necessary  in  this  place. 

"  The  instances  here  taken  are  the  first  which 
came  to  hand,  on  opening  M.  Louis's  publica- 
tions; but  in  like  manner  we  may  find  an  an- 
swer to  most  of  the  questions,  which  would  arise 
in  reference  to  the  subjects  discussed. 

"  The  experience  of  one  man  is  necessarily 
limited,  and  more  extensive  researches  may  give 
results  different  from  those  at  which  M.  Louis 
has  arrived.  But  I  am  disposed  to  think  that 
the  difference  will  not  be  material  in  many 
c 


XV111 


instances.  His  observations  were  made  only  in 
the  hospitals  of  Paris.  Other  observations,  made 
in  different  climates  and  among  persons  of  dif- 
ferent habits,  will  probably  discover  differences 
of  some  kind,  and  perhaps  some  which  are  mate- 
rial. But  in  most  respects,  since  the  works  of 
M.  Louis  have  been  known  to  me,  I  have  found 
his  observations  confirmed  by  my  experience 
here ;  and  indeed  in  many  respects  they  accord 
with  my  own  previous  observations,  being,  how- 
ever, more  precise  than  mine  had  been. 

"  But  there  are  various  points  in  pathology,  on 
which  M.  Louis  has  taught  us  what  we  did  not 
know  before.  For  instance,  he  has  given  us 
certain  signs,  by  which  we  may  recognise  peri- 
carditis, in  a  large  proportion  of  the  cases  in 
which  it  occurs.  He  has  shown  that  tubercles 
are  always  found  in  the  lungs,  if  they  are  found 
in  any  other  part  of  the  body ;  or  that  the  ex- 
ceptions are  so  rare  as  not  to  be  practically  im- 
portant. He  has  shown  that  chronic  peritonitis 
is  found  only  in  tuberculous  subjects.  Others 
had  suspected  that  the  fever,  now  commonly 
called  typhus,  was  dependent  on  inflammation 
of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach  and 


XIX 

bowels ;  and  it  had  been  shown  that  in  certain 
seasons  the  elliptical  patches,  called  Peyer's 
glands,  were  the  seat  of  inflammation,  and  com- 
monly of  ulceration,  &,c.  M.  Louis  has  shown 
that  a  morbid  alteration  of  these  glands  is  con- 
stant in  typhus;  constituting,  as  he  terms  it,  the 
anatomical  character  of  that  disease.  He  has  like- 
wise pointed  out  the  other  anatomical  changes, 
which  belong  to,  and  those  which  often  attend 
the  same  disease;  as  well  as  some  symptoms 
which  had  been  overlooked,  or  not  duly  re- 
garded by  others.  At  present  I  can  say  that 
his  observations,  in  regard  to  typhus,  have  been 
confirmed  by  all  that  I  have  been  able  to  learn 
respecting  it  in  this  country,  since  his  observa- 
tions have  been  known  to  me. 

"  I  am  not,  however,  engaged  in  reviewing 
the  works  of  M.  Louis.  I  have  not  guarded 
myself  in  all  points  in  stating  his  observations. 
I  wish  to  induce  others  to  read  his  books,  and 
they  will  then  see  the  prudent  caution,  with 
which  he  offers  all  general  remarks,  and  the 
scrupulous  care  which  he  exercises  in  making 
his  deductions.  He  studies  nature  with  a  full 
faith  in  the,  uniformity  of  her  laws,  and  in  the 


XX 


certainty  that  truth  may  be  ascertained  by  dili- 
gent labor.  It  is  truth  only  he  loves ;  not  anx- 
ious to  build  up  a  system,  nor  pretending  to 
explain  every  thing,  he  says  to  his  pupils,  such 
and  such  have  been  my  observations;  you  can 
observe  as  well  as  I,  if  you  will  study  the  art  of 
observation,  and  if  you  will  come  to  it  with  an 
honest  mind,  and  be  faithful  in  noting  all  which 
you  discover,  and  not  merely  the  things  which 
are  interesting  at  the  moment,  or  those  which 
support  a  favorite  dogma;  I  state  to  you  the 
laws  of  nature  as  they  appear  to  me ;  if  true, 
your  observations  will  confirm  them;  if  not 
true,  they  will  refute  them ;  I  shall  be  content 
if  only  the  truth  be  ascertained. 

"I  wish  to  add  that  M.  Louis  has  inspired  a 
gallant  band  with  his  spirit.  They  have  com- 
bined to  form  the  Society  of  Medical  Observa- 
tion at  Paris ;  M.  Louis  is  their  President  and 
MM.  Chomel  and  Andral  are  the  Vice-Presi- 
dents.  They  meet  to  report  their  observations 
and  to  be  corrected  by  each  other  and  by  their 
president,  when  their  observations  are  inaccu- 
rate or  deficient,  or  when  their  inferences  are 
broader  than  their  premises.  The  members  are 


XXI 

selected  without  reference  to  their  country; 
they  are  from  different  nations ;  they  are  scat- 
tered, and  will  in  succession  be  scattered  over 
the  world ;  and  all,  who  carry  with  them  the 
true  spirit,  must  contribute  to  the  advancement 
of  real  science.  Men  who  devote  themselves 
thoroughly  to  labor,  in  whatever  department, 
must  be  felt  and  known  in  society.  Let  the 
members  of  this  society  go  on  and  throw  the 
fruits  of  their  labor  into  a  common  stock,  and 
they  must  all  of  them  be  enriched,  and  all 
around  them  be  enriched  at  the  same  time. 

"  To  the  remarks,  perhaps  too  desultory, 
which  I  have  given  in  this  article,  I  am  desirous 
to  add  two  more. 

"  The  two  great  works  of  M.  Louis,  which 
have  yet  been  published,  are  that  on  phthisis 
and  that  on  typhus.  My  first  remark  is,  that 
the  information  given  in  these  works  is  much 
less  limited,  than  their  titles  would  indicate.  In 
the  first,  other  chronic  diseases  are  compared 
with  phthisis  in  respect  to  its  symptoms  and  to 
organic  lesions;  and  thus  it  may  be  regarded 
as  treating,  to  a  certain  extent,  of  chronic  dis- 
eases, and  embraces  a  vast  deal  of  information 


XX11 

in  respect  to  them.  In  the  second,  acute  dis- 
eases are  compared  with  typhus,  with  the  like 
advantages. 

<cMy  second  remark  is,  that  the  general  re- 
sults, to  which  M.  Louis  has  attained  by  his 
mode  of  studying  diseases,  have  been  greater, 
that  is,  more  numerous  and  more  important, 
than  might  have  been  anticipated  in  so  short  a 
time.  I  think  he  could  hardly  have  hoped  for 
such  abundant  fruits  of  his  labors,  great  as  they 
were ;  diligently  and  faithfully  as  they  were  pur- 
sued. In  this  there  is  much  encouragement. 
Already  in  his  hands  medicine,  at  least  what  re- 
gards the  signs  of  diseases  and  the  pathological 
states  on  which  they  depend,  begins  to  assume 
the  form  of  an  exact  science.  In  moulding  his 
materials  indeed,  he  has  availed  himself  of  the 
useful  instructions  which  have  been  furnished 
by  others,  on  whom  he  could  depend.  This  is 
especially  true  in  respect  to  the  discoveries  of 
the  illustrious  Laennec,  to  whose  merits  he  ren- 
ders ample  justice.  His  own  merit  however  is 
peculiar.  While  all  were  ready  to  acknowledge, 
that  it  is  only  by  a  careful  observation  of  nature 
we  can  ascertain  her  laws,  he  only  has  had  the 


XX111 

boldness  and  the  vigor  to  undertake  and  carry 
through  a  series  of  full  and  exact  observations, 
without  prejudice,  and  with  a  determination  to 
report  his  discoveries  fairly  and  exactly,  not 
magnifying,  nor  diminishing  the  evidence  in  any 
case  to  make  it  quadrate  with  principles  pre- 
viously imagined.  One,  who  knew  him  inti- 
mately, bore  this  testimony  of  him,  that  he 
would  not  be  tempted  to  entertain  an  hypothesis 
in  any  case,  saying  that  it  had  almost  uniformly 
happened  that  rigorous  observation  had  refuted 
the  hypotheses  he  had  formed. 

"  I  venerate  M.  Louis  greatly.  But  it  is  not 
with  the  vain  hope,  nor  even  the  desire  to  pro- 
mote his  fame  by  my  feeble  commendations,  that 
I  have  written  this  note.  I  regard  it  as  certain 
that  his  fame,  and  what  he  will  regard  much 
more,  the  truths  which  he  has  discovered,  will 
be  extended  and  will  live  for  ages.  My  sole  ex- 
pectation is  to  lead  some,  who  might  otherwise 
be  ignorant  of  them,  among  my  brethren  of  the 
present  day,  to  study  works  which  I  esteem  as 
among  the  most  valuable  certainly,  if  not  the 
most  valuable,  which  any  age  has  furnished  us  in 
regard  to  medicine.  Unlike  the  systems,  which 


XXIV 


are  always  spoken  of  in  the  history  of  medicine, 
as  successively  rising  with  splendor  and  falling 
into  oblivion,  the  principles  published  by  the 
founder  of  the  numerical  system  are  not  an  arti- 
ficial network,  where  the  cutting  of  one  thread 
may  cause  the  whole  to  drop  away  ;  these  prin- 
ciples may  be  added  to,  they  may  be  enlarged, 
limited  and  modified,  and  yet  the  system  may  be 
maintained;  and  it  will  still  derive  its  support 
from  the  first  labors  devoted  to  its  erection  as 
much  as  from  the  last.  If,  for  instance,  M. 
Louis  has  observed  a  certain  symptom,  such  as 
the  enlargement  in  the  region  of  the  spleen,  to 
be  present  in  forty-five  out  of  fifty  cases  of  ty- 
phus; the  exceptions  will  be  ten  per  cent. 
Should  subsequent  observers  find,  that  in  a  hun- 
dred and  fifty  cases  there  have  been  twenty  ex- 
ceptions, it  will  then  appear  that  these  in  the 
two  hundred  amount  to  twelve  and  a  half  per 
cent.  As  far  as  I  know,  there  are  very  few  of 
M.  Louis's  numerical  inferences,  which  have 
hitherto  required  to  be  modified  so  much  as  in 
the  instance  here  supposed,  since  the  publication 
of  his  great  works  ;  although  ten  years  have  now 
elapsed  since  that  on  phthisis,  and  six  years  since 


XXV 


that  on  typhus  was  published  ;  and  although  he 
himself  has  continued,  during  this  period,  to  de- 
vote a  great  portion  of  his  time  to  the  collection 
of  new  observations.  Were  it  otherwise,  how- 
ever, it  would  be  glory  enough  for  one  man  to 
have  led  the  way  into  the  true  path,  and  to  have 
inspired  others  with  the  courage  to  follow  him. 
I  repeat  the  idea ;  —  it  is  the  spirit  of  bold  and 
hardy  enterprise,  which  is  the  glory  of  M.  Louis. 
"I  must  add  a  few  remarks  on  another  point. 
It  is  objected  by  some  to  the  labors  of  M.  Louis, 
and  of  others  of  the  French  pathologists,  that 
they  labor  indeed  with  ardor  on  the  subject  of 
diagnosis,  that  they  study  with  the  zeal  of  ento- 
mologists to  discriminate  minute  changes  of 
structure  in  the  various  textures  of  the  human 
body,  but  that  they. do  nothing  to  advance  the 
proper  business  of  the  physician,  the  art  of  heal- 
ing. Their  therapeutics  are  decried,  as  showing 
an  ignorance  of  what  has  been  thought  certain  in 
England  and  in  this  country ;  and  they  them- 
selves are  regarded  even  as  indifferent  to  this 
branch  of  science.  Can  this  objection  need  a 
reply?  I  have  long  been  satisfied,  for  thirty 
years  I  have  been  satisfied,  that  the  physicians 


D 


XXVI 


of  Paris  were  laying  the  firmest  foundation  for 
the  science  of  therapeutics,  by  studying  the 
natural  history  of  diseases ;  and  by  thus  giving 
us  rules  for  diagnosis  and  prognosis.  The  course 
they  have  pursued  has  not  always  been  the  most 
satisfactory,  and  one  at  least  among  them  has 
gone  over  to  the  dogmatic  philosophers,  though 
he  has  tried  to  disguise  his  desertion  of  the  true 
cause.  But  the  course  they  have  pursued  has 
led  honest  spirits  to  be  more  and  more  exact  in 
their  observations,  until  now,  when  one  has 
arisen,  who  has  vigorously  undertaken  all  the 
toils,  to  which  the  method  previously  adopted 
would  rightly  lead  them.  Let  them  proceed  in 
the  same  spirit,  aided,  but  without  any  spirit  of 
rivalry,  by  the  pathologists  of  other  countries ; 
let  us  all  learn  what  may  be  looked  for,  when 
art  does  not  interfere  in  the  diseases  of  the  hu- 
man body ;  that  is,  let  us  study  the  rules  of  prog- 
nosis, which  are  only  inferences  from  the  natural 
history  of  diseases ;  then  we  shall  be  prepared  to 
study  therapeutics.  Let  M.  Louis,  or  men  like 
him,  test  the  effect  of  remedies  in  the  same  spirit, 
with  which  he  has  pursued  his  pathological  re- 
searches. Having  determined  the  average  du- 


XXV11 

ration,  fatality,  &c.,  of  typhus,  for  example,  by 
an  observation  of  a  sufficient  number  of  cases 
through  a  series  of  years,  such  cases  not  having 
been  actively  treated,  let  him  then  employ  in 
the  same  disease  the  different  remedies  which 
have  been  thought  useful.  One  physician  extols 
the  advantages  of  bleeding  ;  another  commends 
antimonials  employed  on  the  first  days  of  the  dis- 
ease, in  emetic  doses,  and  for  a  few  days  after- 
wards in  doses  just  short  of  nauseating ;  another 
contends  that  cinchona  is  the  best  antidote  to  the 
deadly  tendencies  of  this  malady.  Let  each 
mode  of  treatment  have  its  fair  trial ;  and  let  the 
results  be  compared  with  each  other,  and  with 
similar  cases,  treated  at  the  same  time  upon  the 
expectant  method. 

"  This  is  substantially  the  mode  in  which  ques- 
tions in  therapeutics  are  beginning  to  be  treated 
in  Paris.  So,  no  doubt,  they  have  been  treated 
elsewhere.  But  it  is  in  proportion  as  we  arrive 
at  precision,  in  respect  to  the  natural  history  of 
diseases,  that  this  mode  will  be  pursued  with  the 
greatest  advantage.  It  is  because  we  are  ap- 
proaching to  that  precision  that  I  think  it  scarcely 
rash  to  predict,  that  in  fifty  years  the  art  of  heal- 


XXV111 


ing  will  be  grounded  on  many  exact  rules,  which 
we  and  our  predecessors  have  not  known. 
These  rules  will  not  be  brought  forward  as  de- 
rived from  grand  principles  of  physiology,  or  pa- 
thology ;  they  must  be  deduced  from  the  aggre- 
gate of  careful,  faithful  observations  of  individual 
facts,  made  by  men  of  enlightened  minds.  A 
love  of  truth,  an  unflinching  love  of  truth  is  the 
first  requisite  in  those,  who  engage  in  this  holy 
calling/' 

It  will  be  seen  that  in  this  note  I  anticipated 
that  great  advantages  would  be  obtained  by  M. 
Louis  and  his  disciples,  whenever  they  should 
turn  their  attention  to  the  treatment  of  diseases. 
I  did  not  then  know,  nor  did  I  suspect,  that 
while  I  was  writing  that  note,  M.  Louis  was  al- 
ready engaged  in  his  first  work  expressly  on  the- 
rapeutics. The  few  pages  indeed,  which  consti- 
tute the  first  chaptei  of  this  work,  had  already 
been  published  by  him,  and  they  had  not  escaped 
my  notice.  But  it  will  be  plain  that,  when 
alone,  these  pages  could  not  make  so  deep  an 
impression,  as  does  the  whole  work  here  pre- 
sented. 


.TO 

MARSHALL  HALL,  M.D. 

F.R.S.  L.  and  E.,  etc. 


ADVERTISEMENT  BY  THE  AUTHOR. 


I  PUBLISHED  in  the  month  of  November, 
1828,  in  the  Archives  Generates  de  Medecine,  a 
memoir  on  the  effects  of  bloodletting  in  some  in- 
flammatory diseases.  This  memoir  was  very 
differently  received.  Some,  in  consequence  of 
prejudices,  difficult  of  explanation,  declared  that 
I  rejected  bloodletting  in  the  treatment  of  cases 
of  inflammation,  although  I  show  the  necessity 
of  having  recourse  to  it,  in  severe  cases,  for  two 
cogent  reasons.  Others  were  surprised,  un- 
doubtedly, by  the  extreme  difference  which  ex- 
ists between  the  results,  to  which  I  have  been 
brought,  and  the  opinions  most  commonly  re- 
ceived concerning  the  power  of  bloodletting ;  and 
these  declared  against  the  method,  which  I  had 
pursued  with  a  view  to  arrive  at  general  princi- 


XXX11 

pies,  and  in  favor  of  that  which  is  commonly 
called  the  experience  of  ages.  Some  physicians 
received  my  work  favorably,  being  persuaded 
that  the  method  which  had  been  my  guide,  would 
necessarily  lead  to  precise  results  in  therapeu- 
tics. However,  some  copies  of  this  memoir, 
having  been  separately  struck  off,  were  quickly 
sold ;  and  my  publisher,  M.  Balliere,  urged  me 
some  time  since  to  prepare  a  new  edition.  I 
thought  proper  to  comply  with  his  request ;  and 
this  is  the  memoir  in  question,  as  it  was  pub- 
lished in  the  Archives,  excepting  some  alterations 
in  the  style ;  and  I  now  submit  it  anew  to  the 
judgment  of  the  reader.  I  have  added  the  ana- 
lysis of  some  facts  since  collected,  similar  to 
those  in  my  first  publication  ;  and  by  the  aid  of 
this  analysis  their  value  will^be  the  more  readily 
appreciated.  Finally,  to  this  analysis  succeed 
an  examination  of  the  method  which  I  have  fol- 
lowed, and  some  remarks  upon  a  few  works  on 
bloodletting. 

The  memoir  published  in  the  Archives,  the 
analysis  of  the  new  facts,  the  examination  of  the 
method  I  have  pursued  in  my  researches,  and 
the  remarks  above  mentioned,  will  be  the  sub- 
jects of  as  many  chapters. 


RESEARCHES 

ON    THE 

EFFECTS  OF  BLOODLETTING 

IN 

SOME  INFLAMMATORY  DISEASES. 


CHAPTER  FIRST. 

Researches  on  the  effects  of  bloodletting  in  some  in- 
flammatory diseases. 

THE  results  of  my  researches  on  the  effects  of 
bloodletting  in  inflammation,  are  so  little  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  general  opinion,  that  it  is  not 
without  a  degree  of  hesitation  I  have  decided  to 
publish  them.  After  having  analyzed  the  facts, 
which  relate  to  them,  for  the  first  time,.  I  thought 
myself  deceived,  and  began  my  work  anew  ;  but 
having  again  from  this  new  analysis,  obtained 
the  same  results,  I  could  no  longer  doubt  their 
correctness  ;  and  I  shall  state  them  to  the  reader 
as  they  at  first  presented  themselves  to  me. 
1 


These  results  without  doubt  will  be  far  from 
satisfactory  ;  but  of  what  consequence  is  that,  if 
they  are  true  ;  since,  whatever  has  this  charac- 
ter, cannot  fail  in  the  end  to  be  of  real  utility. 

It  may  be  proper  to  remark  further  that  the 
facts,  which  I  have  collected,  are  neither  so  nu- 
merous, nor  so  varied,  that  the  results  can  be 
considered  henceforth  as  established  laws  :  and 
my  object  in  publishing  them,  has  been  chiefly 
to  excite  anew  the  attention  of  observers  upon 
the  effects  of  bloodletting  in  the  treatment  of  in- 
flammation. 

Pleuropneumonia,  Erysipelas  of  the  face,  and 
Angina  tonsillaris,  being  the  inflammations  which 
I  have  observed  the  most  frequently,  must  alone 
be  the  subjects  of  these  researches. 

ARTICLE   FIRST. 

Effect  of  bloodletting  in  pleuropneumonia. 

The  cases  I  am  about  to  investigate  are  sev- 
enty-eight in  number  ;  twenty-eight  of  them 
proved  fatal  ;  and  all  were  in  a  state  of  perfect 
health  at  the  time  when  the  first  symptoms  were 
developed.1 

1  I  have  besides  collected  from  1821  to  1827,  forty-five  cases  of 
pneuinonitis,  or  of  pleuropneumonia  ;  but  these  were  relative  to 
individuals,  whose  diseases  occurred  under  different  circumstan- 
ces ;  that  is  to  say,  they  were  persons  already  diseased,  having 


Of  the  fifty  successful  cases,  three  were  bled 
on  the  first  day  of  the  disease,  three  on  the  se- 
cond, six  on  the  third,  eleven  on  the  fourth,  six 
on  the  fifth,  five  on  the  sixth,  six  on  the  seventh, 
as  many  on  the  eighth,  four  on  the  ninth  ;  and 
the  mean  duration  of  the  disease  was,  in  the  or- 
der pointed  out,  12,  10,  20,  20,  22,  21,  19,  17 
and  23  days. 

But  the  relation  between  the  length  of  the 
disease  and  the  period  of  the  first  bleeding,  will 
be  made  more  evident  by  the  following  table : 


1     23456789 

10   3 

7  3 

19  3 

19  3 

28  2 

13  1 

24  2 

19  2 

35  1 

12   2 

10  2 

29  3 

12  2 

17  3 

16  2 

12  4 

12  1 

11  2 

14   2 

12  2 

20  2 

15  2 

40  2 

23  3 

19  2 

18  1 

17  2 

20 

22  4 

13  2 

35  5 

18  2 

20  3 

30  3 

16  3 

12  4 

21  2 

17  2 

15  2 

13  2 

17  4 

21  2 

13  2 

27  2 

21  2 

25'  3 

28  4 

40  2 

16  2 

12  4 

12  2J  |  10  2J  1  20  3  |  20  8  |  22  2  |  21  2g 

19  2£  [17  2 

23  2 

The  figures  upon  the  horizontal  line  above  the  columns  indicate  the  day  when 
the  first  bleeding  was  performed  ;  the  figuits  on  the  left  in  each  column  mark  the 
duration  of  the  disease ;  those  on  the  right,  the  number  of  bleedings ;  and  those  on 
the  horizontal  line  below,  show  the  mean  duration  of  the  disease  and  the  average 
number  of  bleedings. 

That  is  to  say,  if  it  were  possible  to  establish 

been  affected,  for  a  certain  time,  with  pulmonary  catarrh  ;  and  I 
have  decided  to  reject  these  facts  from  my  analysis,  in  order  that 
a  just  comparison  may  be  instituted.  No  other  fact  has  been 
excluded,  so  that  I  have  in  truth  made  a  complete  enumeration, 
or  an  analysis,  of  all  the  facts  strictly  analogous  to  each  other, 
which  I  have  collected. 


4 


a  general  proposition  from  so  small  a  number  of 
facts,  it  must  be  concluded  that  the  antiphlogistic 
treatment,  commenced  the  two  first  days  of  a 
pneumonitis,  may  very  much  abridge  its  duration ; 
whilst  after  these  two  days  it  would  make  but 
little  difference  whether  it  was  commenced  a  little 
sooner  or  a  little  later.  But  the  amount  of  dif- 
ference which  exists  between  these  two  results, 
leads  us  to  suspect  their  exactness  ;  and  a  tho- 
rough examination  does  in  truth  show,  that  the 
influence  of  bleeding,  when  performed  within 
the  two  first  days  of  the  disease,  is  less  than  it 
seems  to  be  at  first  sight,  and  that  in  general  its 
power  is  very  limited. 

Indeed  —  among  the  cases  of  the  same  column 
in  which  the  antiphlogistic  treatment  was  insti- 
tuted on  the  same  day,  (those  of  the  first  and 
second  excepted)  the  duration  of  the  disease  ex- 
hibits the  greatest  variety.  Thus  in  the  fourth 
column,  some  were  convalescent  on  the  twelfth 
day,  others  (not  to  take  the  extreme)  the  twen- 
ty-fifth and  twenty-eighth.  This  we  cannot  at- 
tribute to  the  violence  of  the  disease,  which  was 
the  same  ;  nor  to  the  difference  of  the  treatment, 
which  was  equally  energetic  and  directed  by  the 
same  physician.  Whence  it  seems  to  result, 
rigorously,  that  the  utility  of  bleeding  has  been 
very  limited  in  the  cases  thus  far  analyzed. 

Differences  no  less  considerable  in  the  length 


of  the  disease  would  unquestionably  have  existed 
among  the  cases  bled  within  the  first  twenty-four 
or  forty-eight  hours,  if  their  number  had  been 
greater.  And  on  the  same  supposition,  the  dif- 
ference of  the  mean  duration  of  pneumonitis,  in 
subjects  bled  the  two  first  days,  and  those  who 
were  bled  at  a  later  period,  would  have  been 
less  considerable.  So  that  we  should  get  nearer 
the  truth,  we  should  estimate  the  real  difference 
effected  in  the  progress  of  the  disease  by  the 
greater  or  less  promptness  with  which  we  have 
had  recourse  to  bleeding,  by  taking  the  mean 
duration  of  the  disease  on  the  one  side,  in  the 
cases  bled  during  the  four  first  days  :  and  on  the 
other,  in  those  who  were  not  bled  until  the  fifth 
to  the  ninth  inclusive.  And  then  the  mean  du- 
ration of  pneumonitis  would  be  seventeen  days 
among  the  first  and  twenty  among  the  second. 

But  the  average  given  by  the  table,  is  probably 
still  a  little  too  favorable  in  respect  to  the  pa- 
tients bled  within  the  two  first  days,  for  another 
reason  ;  to  wit,  that,  not  having  committed  any 
error  of  regimen  before  the  bleeding,  these  pa- 
tients were  in  a  condition  the  most  favorable  for 
treatment  ;  this  was  not  the  case  writh  those,  in 
whom  bloodletting  was  employed  at  a  later  pe- 
riod, and  among  whom  many  in  each  group  had 
committed  errors  in  regimen  ;  some  had  taken 
strong  drink,  such  as  hot  sweetened  wine,  one 


6 

or  many  days  in  succession,  in  a  greater  or  less 
quantity  ;  some  had  even  taken  brandy.  The 
length  of  the  disease  must  certainly  have  been 
increased  by  these  errors. 

Age  had  no  appreciable  influence,  every  thing 
else  being  equal,  upon  the  results  stated  :  for  this 
was  nearly  the  same  on  an  average  among  pa- 
tients bled  for  the  first  time,  before  the  fourth 
day,  and  among  those  who  were  not  bled  until 
after  this  period  ;  thirty-three  years  in  the  first 
set,  and  nearly  thirty-six  in  the  other.  A  fact 
however,  which  should  not  I  think  be  advanced 
as  a  law,  age  having  certainly  a  prejudicial  in- 
fluence on  the  termination  of  pneumonitis. 

Nevertheless,  in  regard  to  the  foregoing  re- 
marks on  the  causes  which,  independently  of  the 
period  of  the  first  bleeding,  must  have  effected 
some  difference  in  the  mean  duration  of  the  dis- 
ease, it  will  be  said  perhaps  that  the  pneumoni- 
tis was  less  severe  in  the  patients  bled  at  a  late 
period,  than  in  those  bled  on  the  first  days  of  the 
disease  :  that  it  was  undoubtedly  for  this  reason 
that  the  former  delayed  application  for  medical 
aid ;  and  that  in  this  manner  conditions,  unfa- 
vorable to  the  rapid  termination  of  the  disease, 
were  compensated.  But  having  appreciated  with 
all  the  exactness,  of  which  I  am  capable,  the 
symptoms  experienced  by  patients  at  the  com- 
mencement of  their  disease,  and  at  their  entrance 


into  the  hospital,  I  have  found  cases  of  severe  or 
mild  peripneumonia  in  a  nearly  equal  propor- 
tion among  the  different  groups  of  subjects  ;  so 
that,  supposing  any  mistake  on  my  part,  it  could 
not  be  important  enough  to  effect  a  material  dif- 
ference in  the  results  stated,  and  to  warrant  us 
in  rejecting  the  conclusions  drawn  from  the  ana- 
lysis, which  I  have  given.  Physicians  not  much 
conversant  with  hospitals,  or  who  seldom  prac- 
tise among  the  laboring  classes,  will  not  readily 
give  credit  to  these  remarks ;  but  those  differ- 
ently situated  are  aware  that,  whether  it  be  from 
indifference,  or  dislike  to  hospitals,  patients  sel- 
dom enter  until  quite  late  ;  even  when  their 
diseases  have  been  very  violent  from  the  begin- 
ning. 

Perhaps  too  it  will  be  thought  that  I  have  not 
fixed  the  exact  period  of  commencement  and  ter- 
mination of  pneumonitis  with  sufficient  precision, 
and  that  its  mean  duration  has  been  affected  by 
this  circumstance.  But  it  seems  to  me,  I  have 
obviated  any  legitimate  objections  in  this  partic- 
ular, by  following  in  all  cases  the  same  method  ; 
that  is,  I  have  regarded  as  the  commencement 
of  the  disease,  the  period  when  the  patient  has 
experienced  a  febrile  affection,  more  or  less  vio- 
lent, which  has  been  quickly  followed  or  accom- 
panied by  pain  on  one  side  of  the  chest  and  by 
rusty  sputa  ;  these  two  symptoms  appearing  at 


8 

the  same  time,  or  nearly  the  same  time  ;  and 
I  have  regarded  as  the  time  of  convalescence  the 
period,  at  which  the  sick  began  to  take  some 
light  nourishment ;  three  days  at  least  after  the 
febrile  action  had  ceased  ;  although  the  local 
symptoms  had  not  disappeared  in  every  case  ; 
that  is  to  say,  at  a  period  when  percussion  of  the 
chest  did  not  always  elicit  a  perfectly  clear  sound 
at  the  part  affected,  and  when  the  respiration 
was  not  very  pure  ;  the  ear  still  discovering  here 
and  there  some  crackling  and  traces  of  crepita- 
tion. These  are  remnants  of  a  severe  morbid 
affection,  which  disappear  in  convalescence,  and 
with  a  rapidity  in  proportion  to  the  promptness 
of  the  antiphlogistic  treatment. 

Finally,  the  reader  will  ask,  without  doubt, 
whether  bloodletting  has  been  the  only  treat- 
ment, of  any  importance,  which  has  been  em- 
ployed ;  and  in  the  cases,  where  other  modes  of 
treatment  were  employed,  whether  these  other 
modes  had  not  some  influence  on  the  mean  du- 
ration of  the  disease  ;  or  whether  they  had  not 
counteracted  in  some  degree  the  good  effects  of 
the  bloodletting.  To  this  I  will  answer  that 
vesication  was  employed  in  a  certain  number  of 
cases  ;  but  vesication  had  no  appreciable  influ- 
ence on  the  progress  of  the  disease,  as  we  shall 
presently  see,  in  the  following  chapter  :  so  that 
it  will  still  appear  that,  in  the  cases,  which  we 


have  thus  far  examined,  bloodletting  has  had  but 
a  very  limited  influence  on  the  course  of  pneu- 
monitis.* 

The  facts  relative  to  the  fatal  cases  confirm 
these  conclusions,  and  seem  still  further  to  limit 
the  utility  of  bloodletting.  Out  of  twenty-eight 
cases  in  question,  eighteen  were  bled  within  the 
four  first  days  of  the  disease,  nine  from  the  fifth 
to  the  ninth ;  and  if  on  the  one  hand,  we  take 
together  all  the  patients  who  were  bled  for  the 
first  time  within  the  four  first  days  of  the  pneu- 
monitis,  whatever  may  have  been  its  termina- 
tion ;  and  on  the  other  hand  all  those  who  were 
bled  at  a  later  period  :  we  have,  in  the  order  in- 
dicated, on  one  side,  forty-one  cases,  of  which 
eighteen,  or  about  three  sevenths  were  fatal ; 
and  on  the  other,  thirty-six,  of  whom  nine,  or 
only  one  fourth  were  fatal.  A  startling  and  ap- 
parently absurd  result ;  the  explanation  of  which 
is  found,  to  a  certain  extent,  in  the  following 
table.  This  table,  which  relates  to  the  fatal 
cases  only,  shows  in  each  of  the  columns  from  left 
to  right,  the  duration  of  the  disease,  the  number 
of  bleedings,  and  the  ages  of  the  patients  ;  whilst 
the  figure  above  each  column  indicates  the  day 
when  the  first  bleeding  was  practised. 


From  ten  to  fifteen  ounces  were  taken  at  each  bleeding. 

2 


10 


123456789 

6    5  18 

53  5  65 
12  3  69 
8  2  65 
12  1  55 
17  7  75 

4  1  57 
16  2  54 
6  3  30 
6  4  47 
47  2  75 
11  4  45 

29  2  19 
29  4  46 
12-1  85 
15  3  37 
17  1  67 
20  3  22 

16  4  58 
8  2  63 
9  4  24 

62  4  20 
10  2  40 
29  3  24 

20  2  68 

25  1  40 

22  1  50 

6     5  18  j20  33-566f  15  3  51  |202J49|11  3  48  |  33  328  |  20  2  68  |  25  1  40  |  22  1  50 

We  see,  in  effect,  that  the  patients  who  were 
bled  within  the  four  first  days  of  the  disease,  with 
the  exception  of  one  in  the  first  column,  who  was 
eighteen  years  of  age,  were  older  than  those  who 
were  not  actively  treated  until  after  this  period, 
in  the  proportion  of  fifty-one  to  forty- three  years  : 
this  difference  may  not  seem  great,  but  it  may 
have  had  great  influence  on  the  issue  of  the  mal- 
ady. Indeed  the  difference  in  question,  that  of 
age,  is  much  less,  if,  taking  the  fatal  and  success- 
ful cases  indiscriminately,  we  add  together  on 
the  one  hand,  all  the  patients  bled  within  the 
four  first  days  ;  and  on  the  other  those  who  were 
not  bled  until  a  later  period  ;  for  we  then  find 
that  the  mean  age  of  the  first  class  is  forty-one, 
and  that  of  the  second,  thirty-eight.  But  it  is 
nevertheless  true,  that  the  number  of  patients 
bled  on  the  first  day,  who  had  passed  the  age  of 
fifty,  was  nearly  twice  as  great  as  that  of  the  pa- 
tients of  the  same  age,  who  were  bled  at  a  later 
period.  This  must  have  had  great  influence  on 
the  mortality. 

But  it  is  not  enough  to  have  studied  the  effects 
of  bloodletting  upon  the  progress  and  termina- 


11 

tion  of  the  disease  ;  its  influence  on  each  partic- 
ular symptom  must  be  separately  investigated. 
Let  us  begin  with  pain. 

Pain  was  not  arrested  by  bloodletting  in  any 
of  the  cases  bled  within  the  four  first  days  of  the 
disease.  On  the  contrary,  it  generally  increased 
during  the  succeeding  twelve  or  twenty-four 
hours  :  and  its  mean  duration,  usually  in  propor- 
tion to  that  of  the  disease,  was  six  days  among 
those  who  were  bled  during  the  four  first  days  ; 
eight  and  a  fraction  among  those  bled  at  a 
later  period.  It  yielded  more  readily  to  local 
than  to  general  bleeding. 

The  sputa  regarded  as  characteristic,  were 
adhesive,  rusty,  or  like  apricot  jelly,  and  semi- 
transparent:  the  mean  duration  of  these  sputa 
varied  like  that  of  the  pain,  or  nearly  so  ;  being 
five  days  in  patients  bled  within  the  three  first 
days,  six  in  those  bled  within  the  three  follow- 
ing, seven  in  cases  where  the  bleeding  was  from 
the  seventh  to  the  ninth  day  inclusive. 

The  morbid  character  of  the  sputa  became 
more  distinct  after  bleeding,  in  the  greater  part 
of  the  cases,  in  which  it  was  employed  at  the 
onset  of  the  disease.  On  the  contrary,  the  sputa 
were  less  morbid  on  the  day  following  the  bleed- 
ing among  the  patients  who  were  not  bled  until 
a  late  period. 

It  seems  to  me,  this  can  only  be  explained  by 


12 

admitting  that  the  disease  had  approximated  its 
natural  termination  in  this  group,  and  that  it  was 
more  or  less  distant  from  it,  in  the  other.  An 
important  fact,  which  explains  the  difference  of 
the  effect  of  bleeding,  in  circumstances  which  are 
similar  only  in  appearance,  and  which  shows, 
with  many  others  of  the  same  kind,  that  we 
probably  do  not  arrest  inflammations  at  once,  as 
is  very  generally  believed. 

As  it  regards  crepitation,  resonance  of  voice, 
hwgophony  and  dullness  on  percussion,  their 
ordinary  length  varied  like  that  of  the  preceding 
symptoms  ;  that  is,  in  the  cases  bled  at  a  very 
early  period,  they  were  still  more  prominent, 
during  one  or  more  days  after  the  first  bleeding, 
than  they  had  previously  been  ;  whereas  they 
diminished  rapidly  after  the  first  bleeding  when 
this  was  employed  at  a  later  period  ;  at  least  in 
the  majority  of  cases. 

The  acceleration  of  the  pulse  continued  four, 
five,  six,  seven  days  and  more  after  the  first 
bleeding,  in  the  cases  bled  from  the  first  to  the 
sixth  day  of  the  disease.  Sometimes  it  even  in- 
creased from  one  day  to  another,  between  two 
bleedings.  The  effect  of  bleeding  upon  the  pulse 
seemed  more  decided,  when  we  practised  it  later 
than  the  period  indicated.  That  is  to  say,  in  a 
considerable  number  of  cases  of  this  kind,  the 
pulse  became  calm,  three  days  after  the  vene- 


13 


section  ;  much  more  rarely  not  until  four  or  five 
days.  This  undoubtedly  depended,  as  was  be- 
fore remarked,  with  regard  to  the  sputa,  upon 
the  circumstance  that  the  bleeding  was  practised 
near  the  time  when,  in  the  natural  course  of  the 
disease,  the  pulse  was  about  to  resume  its  natural 
state. 

As  was  the  case  with  the  quickness  of  the 
pulse,  the  heats  and  siveats  diminished  rapidly 
after  the  letting  of  blood,  only  when  it  was  done 
at  a  certain  interval  after  the  commencement. 
The  sweats  continued  longer  than  the  heat,  and 
lasted  proportionably  longer  than  the  other 
symptoms  in  those  individuals,  who  were  not  bled 
for  the  first  time  until  six  days  after  the  com- 
mencement of  the  disease. 

Thus,  the  study  of  the  general  and  local  symp- 
toms, the  mortality  and  variations  in  the  mean 
duration  of  the  pneumonitis,  according  to  the 
period  at  which  bloodletting  was  instituted  ; 
all  establish  narrow  limits  to  the  utility  of 
this  mode  of  treatment.  Should  we  obtain 
more  important  results,  if,  as  is  practised  in 
England,  the  first  bleeding  were  carried  to 
syncope  ? 

This  practice  deserves  a  trial,  but  great  suc- 
cess cannot,  I  think,  be  anticipated ;  since  many 
cases,  the  history  of  which  I  have  drawn  up,  and 
which  were  fatal,  were  bled  to  a  sufficient  ex- 


14 

tent.  Among  these  there  was  one  who  was  bled 
on  the  day  of  the  attack,  and  who  nevertheless 
died  on  the  sixth  ;  the  vein  having  been  opened 
five  times,  and  the  quantity  of  blood  lost  twelve, 
or  sixteen  ounces  each  bleeding. 


ARTICLE  SECOND. 

Effect  of  bloodletting  in  erysipelas  of  the  face. 

Out  of  thirty-three  subjects  attacked  with 
erysipelas  of  the  face,  and  who  were  all  in  a 
state  of  perfect  health  at  the  time  when  they 
were  attacked,  twenty-one  were  bled.  The 
mean  duration  of  the  disease  was  seven  days  and 
a  quarter  in  those  who  were  bled,  and  eight  in 
the  others.  That  is,  after  this  time,  the  erysi- 
pelas did  not  extend,  and  the  local  symptoms, 
redness,  hardness  and  thickening  of  the  skin,  di- 
minished. It  seems,  then,  that  in  the  cases  in 
question,  bleeding  shortened  the  duration  of  the 
disease  three  quarters  of  a  day.  For  I  do  not 
take  into  account  twro  other  means  of  treatment 
which  were  used  in  nearly  all  the  cases,  whether 
bled  or  not.  I  mean  purgatives  and  mustard 
foot  baths. 

Perhaps  it  will  be  thought  that  the  difference 
between  the  two  classes  of  cases  would  not  have 
been  so  inconsiderable,  had  not  the  disease  been 


15 

severe  and  extensive  in  those  of  one  class,  while 
it  was  mild,  or  slight  and  very  limited  in  those 
of  the  other.  But  this  has  not  been  the  fact  ; 
and  the  erysipelas  presented  many  degrees' 
among  those  patients  who  were  bled,  as  well  as« 
in  those  who  were  not ;  so  that  we  may  consider 
them  in  this  respect  on  an  equality.  Bloodlet- 
ting was  precluded  in  some  cases  ;  either  where 
the  patients  entered  the  hospital  at  a  late  period, 
or  where  the  febrile  action  was  so  unimportant 
that  derivatives  alone  were  thought  necessary.. 
I  will  add  that  some  of  the  patients  were  bled 
before  they  came  under  my  observation,  and  it 
is  not  to  be  presumed  that  in  all  of  these  cases 
the  febrile  action  was  considerable. 

As  for  the  rest,  I  am  about  to  enter  upon  de- 
tails, which  will  give  to  the  facts  in  question 
their  real  value  in  exhibiting  them  under  another 
form. 

The  twenty-one  patients  bled  were  not  all 
bled  at  the  same  period.  One  of  them,  a  medical 
student,  past  thirty  years  of  age,  and  of  a  strong 
constitution,  was  bled  on  the  first  day  of  the 
disease,  and  the  erysipelas  was  not  stationary, 
nor  did  it  begin  to  subside  until  the  eighth  day 
from  the  commencement.  The  other  patients 
were  bled  for  the  first  time  on  the  second,  third, 
fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  days  of  the  disease,  and  the 
mean  duration  in  this  class  was  seven,  six,  seven 


16 


and  three  quarters,  seven  and  a  half  and  seven 
and  a  quarter  days.  That  is,  it  was  nearly  the 
same  at  whatever  period  they  were  bled.  This 
would  not  be  the  case,  were  not  the  course  of 
erysipelas  of  the  face  almost  always  uniform  and 
very  little  affected  by  bloodletting.  Otherwise, 
the  effects  of  bleeding  would  have  been  very  evi- 
dent in  the  cases  bled  within  the  second  or  third 
day  of  the  disease.  Indeed  it  should  be  remarked 
that  a  majority  of  the  cases,  in  which  the  local 
symptoms  wrere  the  most  violent,  were  bled  as 
soon  as  the  second,  or  third  day  of  the  disease, 
and  at  least  twice.  And,  if  we  may  not  con- 
clude that  bloodletting  was  prejudicial  in  these 
cases,  it  must  at  least  be  acknowledged  that  its 
utility  was  not  demonstrated. 

It  will  be  thought  perhaps  that  if,  instead  of 
having  had  recourse  to  the  lancet,  we  had  ap- 
plied leeches  near  the  inflamed  part,  or  even 
upon  the  part  itself,  we  should  have  been  more 
evidently  successful.  But  the  facts  do  not  sus- 
tain this  supposition.  For  in  six  patients,  to 
whom,  leeches  were  applied  near  the  part  affected 
on  the  second,  third  and  fourth  days  of  the  dis- 
ease, three  of  them  besides  were  bled  on  the  day 
after,  and  one  on  the  very  day  of  the  attack  :  in 
these  cases  I  say,  the  mean  duration  of  the  ery- 
sipelas was  eight  days  and  a  quarter  ;  of  course 
more  considerable  than  in  the  others.  I  shall 


17 

not  certainly  attribute  this  to  the  leeches,  but 
shall  conclude,  at  least,  that  their  influence  on 
the  progress  of  erysipelas  was  not  such  as  had 
been  supposed  ;  that  it  is  even  doubtful  whether 
they  have  the  slight  degree  of  usefulness  of  gen- 
eral bleeding. 

Objections  may  still  be  made  to  the  inferences, 
which  I  think  may  be  rigorously  deduced,  from 
the  fact  that  patients  attacked  with  erysipelas  of 
the  face  are  very  often  sensibly  relieved,  have 
much  less  redness  of  the  face,  during,  or  imme- 
diately after  the  bloodletting  than  before.  This 
relief  and  paleness  of  the  face,  do  indeed  take 
place  sometimes  ;  but  these  effects  are  moment- 
ary, and  the  progress  of  cure  is  not  more  rapid 
in  these  cases  than  in  others.  So  that  the  only 
conclusion  from  this  fact,  is,  that  the  immediate 
and  the  strictly  therapeutic  effects  of  remedies 
must  not  be  confounded. 

Again,  as  we  have  already  seen  in  pneumo- 
nitis,  we  can  readily  explain  how  the  utility  of 
bloodletting  in  erysipelas  of  the  face  has  been 
exaggerated,  when  we  reflect  on  what  has  taken 
place  in  some  instances,  in  which  the  evacuation 
was  made  at  a  late  preiod  of  the  disease.  In 
fact,  three  patients  who  were  bled  on  the  sixth 
day  of  the  disease  only,  showed  a  remarkable 
amendment  on  the  following  day  in  all  the  symp- 
toms ;  and  this  amendment  progressed  rapidly, 

3 


18 

But  does  not  every  one  see  that  this  amendment 
is  perhaps  a  mere  coincidence  only  ;  the  ery- 
sipelas being  near  its  most  usual  termination  at 
the  moment  when  bloodletting  was  practised  ; 
and  that  the  only  reasonable  presumption,  in 
favor  of  bloodletting,  is  that  it  may  have  dimin- 
ished the  duration  of  the  disease  one  half  or  three 
quarters  of  a  day.  Another  proof,  this,  of  the 
necessity  of  possessing  an  exact  knowledge  of  the 
natural  progress  of  diseases  in  order  to  arrive  at 
a  just  estimate  of  the  value  of  therapeutic  agents. 
Without  an  elaborate  statement  of  the  general 
symptoms  subsequently  to  bloodletting,  I  will 
remark  that  in  one  third  of  the  cases  in  question, 
the  pulse  lessened  in  frequency  one  day  before 
the  retrocession  of  the  disease  ;  this  having  been 
at  its  state,  as  it  is  technically  called,  that  is 
neither  advancing  nor  receding.  A  fact,  which 
is  not  unimportant,  with  reference  to  inflamma- 
tion of  the  deep  seated  organs,  the  progress  and 
decline  of  which  is  commonly  estimated  by  the 
pulse  ;  since  it  indicates  the  necessity  of  waiting 
at  least  three  or  four  days  after  the  circulation 
returns  to  its  natural  state,  before  it  can  be  sat- 
isfactorily ascertained  that  the  inflammation  has 
not  left  other,  than  trivial  vestiges,  in  the  diseased 
organ. 


19 


ARTICLE  THIRD. 

Effect  of  bloodletting  in  angina  tonsillaris. 

I  have  collected  thirty-five  cases  of  angina 
tonsillaris,  occurring  in  individuals  previously  in 
perfect  health.  Twelve  of  these  were  slightly 
affected,  the  disease  spontaneously  disappearing, 
or  nearly  so,  in  four  or  five  days ;  and  I  set  these 
apart  from  my  analysis,  so  that  the  remainder 
may  be  subjects  of  fair  comparison  among  them- 
selves. Having  thus  reduced  the  number  of  my 
observations,  the  proportion  of  violent  and  slight 
cases  of  angina  was  nearly  equal  among  those, 
who  were,  and  those,  who  were  not  bled.  In- 
flammation of  the  tonsils  existed  in  all  the  cases ; 
and  was,  apparently  at  least,  primitive,  and  com- 
plicated with  inflammation  either  of  the  pharynx, 
or  of  the  velum  or  vault  of  the  palate;  in  the 
majority  of  cases,  with  the  two  last. 

Out  of  the  twenty-three  cases  in  question,  and 
in  which  the  angina  was  more  or  less  violent, 
thirteen  were  bled.  The  average  length  of  the 
disease  in  these  cases  was  nine  days;  in  the 
others  ten  days  and  a  quarter  :  and  as  the  rest 
of  the  treatment,  consisting  of  mustard  foot 
baths,  soothing  gargles,  and  poultices  to  the 
neck,  was  the  same  with  both  classes  of  patients, 


20 

this  difference,  I  think,  can  only  be  attributed 
to  the  employment,  or  omission  of  bloodletting. 
The  detailed  examination  of  the  facts  confirms 
this  proposition.  Thus,  the  mean  duration  of 
the  disease  was  eight  days  and  a  half  in  two 
cases,  in  which  leeches  were  applied  to  the  neck, 
at  the  beginning ;  the  symptoms  having  dimin- 
ished on  the  eighth  day  in  one  case,  and  on  the 
ninth  in  the  other.  It  was  seven  days  and  a 
half  in  two  patients  bled  on  the  third  day  of  the 
disease,  which,  nevertheless,  was  nearly  as  vio- 
lent as  in  the  two  above  mentioned.  The  dura- 
tion was  ten,  nine,  and  ten  and  a  half  days  in 
those  who  were  bled  on  the  fifth,  sixth,  and  ninth 
days.  This  would  not  have  been  the  case,  had 
the  bloodletting  had  much  influence  on  the  pro- 
gress of  the  disease.  It  is  also  to  be  noted,  that 
one  of  the  cases,  in  which  the  disease  lasted 
longest,  ten  days,  is  that  of  a  patient  to  whom 
leeches  were  applied  on  the  first  and  fourth  days 
of  the  disease,  the  number  of  leeches',  it  is  true, 
being  small ;  but  on  the  fifth  and  sixth  days  in 
large  numbers,  twenty-five  each  time;  that  in 
another  in  which  the  bleeding  was  done  in  the 
'  same  manner  and  abundantly,  fifteen  ounces,  on 
the  third  and  sixth  days  of  the  disease,  the  symp- 
toms did  not  diminish  until  the  eleventh;  and 
that  it  was  very  nearly  the  same  in  a  third  case, 
where  twenty  leeches  were  applied  on  the  sixth 


21 

day  of  the  disease,  followed  by  a  copious  bleed- 
ing from  the  arm  in  the  evening. 

In  the  three  last  cases,  the  disease  was  with- 
out doubt  violent,  and  it  will  be  thought  possible 
to  explain  the  excess  of  its  duration  by  its  se- 
verity. I  think  the  explanation  excellent ;  but 
what  is  the  conclusion,  except  that  the  influence 
of  bloodletting  on  the  progress  of  the  disease  is 
extremely  limited? 

From  the  same  facts  we  should  be  led  to  ques- 
tion the  great  advantage  of  the  application  of 
leeches  to  the  epigastrium  in  gastritis,  or  to  any 
other  part  of  the  abdomen  corresponding  to  the 
viscera  presumed  to  be  diseased.  Indeed,  what 
confidence  can  be  placed  on'  the  a  priori  pre- 
cepts commonly  advanced  on  this  subject,  when 
the  application  of  leeches  the  nearest  possible 
to  the  affected  organ,  in  erysipelas  and  angina 
tonsillaris,  has  so  slight  an  effect  that  it  is  much 
less  evident  than  that  of  general  bleeding? 

Further,  let  us  particularly  notice  a  remark 
important  from  its  analogy  with  those  before  sta- 
ted, namely  :  that  in  two  cases,  where  bleeding 
was  practised  on  the  sixth  and  ninth  days  of  the 
disease,  the  symptoms  of  the  sore  throat  were 
much  less  on  the  next  day  and  the  day  after ;  an 
amendment  apparently  owing  to  the  bloodlet- 
ting ;  but  more  readily,  without  doubt,  and  al- 
most entirely,  because  the  disease  was  near  its 


22 

natural  termination,  at  the  moment  when  the 
vein  was  opened. 


From  the  exposition  of  facts  in  this  chapter, 
we  infer  that  bloodletting  has  had  very  little  in- 
fluence on  the  progress  of  pneumonitis,  of  ery- 
sipelas of  the  face,  and  of  angina  tonsillaris,  in 
the  cases  under  my  observation ;  that  its  influ- 
ence has  not  been  more  evident  in  the  cases  bled 
copiously  and  repeatedly,  than  in  those  bled  only 
once  and  to  a  small  amount ;  that,  we  do  not  at 
once  arrest  inflammations,  as  is  too  often  fondly 
imagined;  that,  in  cases  where  ^appears  to  be 
otherwise,  it  is  undoubtedly  owing,  either  to  an 
error  in  diagnosis,  or  to  the  fact  that  the  blood- 
letting was  practised  at  an  advanced  period  of 
the  disease,  when  it  had  nearly  run  its  course ; 
that,  it  would  be  well,  nevertheless,  in  inflam- 
mations of  imminent  hazard,  pneumonitis,  for 
instance,  to  try  whether  a  first  bleeding]  suf- 
ficient to  produce  syncope,  from  twenty-five  to 
thirty  ounces  or  more,  would  not  be  attended 
with  greater  success ;  and  finally  that,  wherever 
I  have  been  able  to  compare  the  effect  of  gener- 
eral,  with  that  of  local  bleeding  by  leeches,  the 
superiority  of  the  former  has  appeared  to  me  de- 
monstrated. 


23 


I  will  add  that  bloodletting,  notwithstanding 
its  influence  is  limited,  should  not  be  neglected 
in  inflammations  which  are  severe  and  are  seated 
in  an  important  organ;  both  on  account  of  its 
influence  on  the  state  of  the  diseased  organ; 
and  because  in  shortening  the  duration  of  the 
disease,  it  diminishes  the  chance  of  secondary 
lesions,  which  increase  its  danger;  that,  as  it 
is  not  in  our  power  to  arrest  inflammatory  dis- 
eases at  once,  we  must  not  endeavor  to  attain 
this  imaginary  end,  by  multiplied  bleedings;  for 
it  must  be  remembered  that  a  certain  share  of 
strength  is  necessary  to  the  resolution  of  inflam- 
mation ;  since  it  is  much  more  severe  and  hazard- 
ous in  proportion  to  the  feebleness  of  the  patient, 
because  this  feebleness  favors  the  development 
of  secondary  affections  :  finally,  that  these  ob- 
servations seem  to  show,  that  the  use  of  the  lan- 
cet is  to  be  preferred  to  that  of  leeches  in  the 
diseases,  which  we  have  been  considering. 


24 


CHAPTER  SECOND. 

New  facts  relative  to  the  effect  of  bloodletting  in 
acute  diseases. 

Since  publishing    the  memoir,    which  forms 
the  subject  of  the  last  chapter,  I  have  observed 
at  the  hospital  of  la  Pitie,  a  great  number  of 
cases  of  pneumonitis,  of  erysipelas  of  the  face, 
and  of  angina  tonsillaris  ;  and  although,  in  the 
cases  of  pneumonitis  I  have  employed  bloodlet- 
ting to  the  extent  of  twenty  or  twenty-five  ounces 
and  more,  or  even  to  syncope  ;  I  have  never 
seen  these  inflammations  arrested  in  a  single 
case.     I  believe  even  that  the  bloodletting,  al- 
though usually  carried  to  a  greater  extent  than 
was  practised  in  the  hospital  of  la  Charite,  at 
the  time  when  I  made  my  observations  there, 
has  not  been  more  decidedly  successful.     But 
these  general  propositions,  founded  upon  facts 
trusted,  for  the  most  part,  to  the  memory,  have 
too  little  value  to  be  much  regarded  ;  and  instead 
of  discoursing,  in  a  vague  manner,  upon  the  treat- 
ment of  forty  cases  of  erysipelas  of  the  face,  and 
one  hundred  and  fifty  cases  of  pneumonitis  which 
have  passed  under  my  observation,  the  last  four 
years,  I  shall  confine  myself  to  giving  the  reader 
an  analysis  of  the  facts,  relative  to  these  two  dis- 


eases,  which  I  have  collected  with  care  during 
the  time  of  my  clinical  lectures  from  1830  to 
1833. 


ARTICLE  FIRST. 

Facts  relative  to  the  treatment  of  pneumonitis. 

The  observations  under  this  head  are  twenty- 
nine  in  number  ;  in  four  of  the  cases  the  disease 
was  fatal ;  in  twenty-five  recovery  took  place, 
and  the  patients  left  the  hospital  perfectly  well. 

In  all  these  cases,  the  patients  were  in  excel- 
lent health,  when  the  first  symptoms  of  pneumo- 
nitis appeared. 

Not  a  doubt  can  be  entertained  as  to  the 
character  of  the  disease  which  affected  them,  all 
having  expectorated  rusty,  viscid,  semi-transpa- 
rent sputa  ;  all  having  had,  to  a  greater,  or  less 
extent,  crepitous  rale,  bronchial  respiration,  and 
broncophony,  with  more  or  less  dullness  on  per- 
cussion, in  the  corresponding  part. 

Of  the  twenty-five  patients  who  recovered,  no 
one  was  bled  on  the  first  day  of  the  disease.  The 
first  bleeding  was  on  the  second,  third,  fourth, 
fifth,  sixth  and  seventh  days  ;  one  case  only  ex- 
cepted,  that  of  a  patient  who  was  convalescent 
on  the  twenty-second  day,  and  who  was  not  bled 
until  the  fourteenth.  And  the  disease  lasted, 
4, 


on  an  average,  in  the  order  pointed  out  above, 
fourteen,  eighteen,  fourteen,  sixteen,  nineteen, 
eighteen,  and  twenty-two  days,  according  to  the 
following  table  : 


2                3                456                7              14 

15     2  2« 
16*  3    4 
11    3  50 

11*  2  30 
27    2  30 
28*  2  25 
9    1  18 

14*  2  32 
19*  2  '24 
14*  2  27 
12    2  35 
13    2  30 
15    2  24 

9*  1  15 
28*  2  30 
11     1  20 

25*  1  20 
21*  1  20 
12*  2  30 

11*  2  34 

19*  2  37 
18*  2  38 
24*  1  12 
21*  2  30 

22*  1  16 

14  2|  27|1S1|25||14    2  29|16    1  21  [19    1  23|18  14-5  30|22    1  16 

The  ciphers  on  the  first  line  indicate  the  days  of  the  first  bleeding ;  those  in 
each  column,  from  left  to  right,  the  duration  of  the  disease,  the  number  of  bleed- 
ings, the  quantity  of  blood  drawn.  The  figures,  to  which  an  asterisk  is  pre- 
fixed, also  show  that  the  patients  to  whom  they  refer,  took  antimony  in  large 
doses. 

That  is  to  say,  that  at  the  first  glance,  it 
would  seem  rather  unimportant  whether  the  pa- 
tients affected  with  pneumonitis,  were  bled,  for 
the  first  time,  on  the  second,  fourth,  or  fifth  day 
of  the  disease  ;  since  its  mean  duration  was 
nearly  the  same,  in  the  three  lists  of  cases  bled 
at  these  different  periods.  Nevertheless,  adding 
together,  on  the  one  side,  those  who  were  bled 
for  the  first  time,  from  the  second  to  the  fourth 
day  inclusive  :  on  the  other,  those  bled  after- 
ward ;  we  find  the  mean  duration  of  the  disease 
to  be  fifteen  days  and  a  half  among  the  first,  and 
eighteen  days  and  a  quarter  among  the  second. 
Hence  it  would  seem  fair  to  conclude  that  the 
influence  of  bloodletting,  at  a  period  more  or  less 


27 


near  to  the  commencement  of  the  disease,  has 
been  a  little  more  marked  in  the  cases  now  be- 
fore us,  than  in  those  discussed  in  the  first  chap- 
ter ;  in  which  the  mean  duration  of  the  disease 
was  seventeen  days  and  a  half  and  twenty  days. 

This  difference,  although  slight,  is  worthy  of 
remark,  especially  as  it  is  found  in  each  of  the 
classes  of  cases,  between  those  who  were  bled 
for  the  first  time  within  the  four  first  days  of  the 
disease,  and  between  those  who  were  bled  later  ; 
which  seems  to  show  that  it  is  not  accidental. 

The  difference  in  the  results  at  the  two  hos- 
pitals is  further  remarkable,  inasmuch  as  none  of 
the  cases,  treated  at  la  Pitie,  were  bled  on  the 
first  day  of  the  disease ;  that  these  patients  were, 
on  that  account,  in  a  rather  less  favorable  con- 
dition than  those  of  la  Charite,  three  of  whom 
were  bled  on  the  first  day.  Might  the  diffep- 
ence  be  referred  to  this,  that  the  first  bleedings  at 
la  Pitie  were  a  little  more  copious,  than  those 
employed  at  the  same  stages  of  disease  at  la 
Charite  ?  We  shall  hereafter  revert  to  this  cir- 
cumstance which  necessarily  must  have  had  some 
effect  upon  the  duration  of  the  disease. 

Again,  pneumonitis  did  not  seem  to  me  more 
commonly  severe  among  the  subjects  bled  before 
the  fifth  day  of  the  disease,  than  among  those 
who  were  not  bled  until  after  this  period ;  so 
that  we  could  not  attribute  to  the  violence  of  the 


28 

disease,  the  slight  effect  of  bloodletting  employed 
on  the  first  days. 

But  it  will  be  said,  perhaps,  that  bloodletting 
was  not  the  only  treatment  employed,  in  the 
cases  we  are  considering,  and  that  other  thera- 
peutic agents  may  have  interfered  with  its  good 
effects.  To  this  I  reply,  that  antimony  was  in- 
deed taken  in  large  doses  by  many  of  the  patients 
bled  during  the  four  first  days  of  the  disease,  but 
that  it  was  likewise  administered  to  those,  whose 
first  bleeding  was  not  performed  until  after  this 
time  ;  both  sides  therefore  being  thus  made 
equal,  this  circumstance  may  be  disregarded  as 
respects  the  present  subject  of  consideration. 
But  should  any  physician,  strongly  prejudiced  in 
favor  of  bloodletting,  presume  that  the  duration 
of  the  disease  would,  generally,  have  been  less, 
had  not  antimony  been  associated  with  bloodlet- 
ting ;  I  would  lead  him  to  observe  two  cases  in 
which  this  medicine  was  exhibited,  where  the 
disease  lasted  only  eleven  days  ;  while  it  was 
prolonged  beyond  this  term  in  one  of  the  patients, 
who  did  not  take  it,  and  who  was  bled  on  the 
second  day.  I  should  also  request  him  to  wait 
the  further  development  of  facts,  which  seem 
to  me  to  show,  that  antimony,  far  from  having 
been  prejudicial,  has  been  very  useful  to  our 
patients. 

Practitioners  have  been  misled  in  believing  it 


29 

possible  to  arrest  pneumonitis,  at  its  onset,  by 
large  bleedings,  from  having  observed  that  in 
some  cases,  rare  indeed,  the  bleeding  is  followed 
by  a  considerable  amendment  in  the  general  and 
in  some  of  the  local  symptoms,  pain  and  dyspnoea. 
But  the  other  phenomena  remain,  and  are  even 
augmented  in  intensity  and  extent  after  the  first 
bloodletting,  if  this  has  been  practised  soon  after 
the  commencement  of  disease.  And  if  then  the 
patient  is  not  accurately  examined,  the  prac- 
titioner believes  that  the  disease  is  arrested,  when 
in  fact  there  is  only  a  diminution  of  the  febrile 
action  and  some  other  symptoms.  I  have  notes 
of  a  remarkable  instance  of  this  kind  which  oc- 
curred during  the  last  year.  I  refer  to  the  case 
of  a  young  man,  of  pretty  good  constitution,  who 
entered  the  hospital  twenty-four  hours  after  an 
attack  of  well  marked  pneumonitis.  His  symp- 
toms were,  extreme  dyspnoea,  much  pain  in  the 
left  side,  hurried  respiration,  accelerated  pulse, 
more  than  110,  increased  heat  of  skin.  He  could 
not  lie  down  in  bed;  the  sputa  were  rusty, 
viscid,  semi-transparent  ;  the  sound  on  percus- 
sion of  the  thorax,  behind,  inferior ly,  rather  dull; 
where  at  the  same  time  there  was  heard  a  crep- 
itous  rale,  and  a  confused  respiration,  approach- 
ing to  bronchial ;  also,  in  some  points,  bronch- 
ophony  without  haegophony.  He  was  bled  from 
the  arm  to  faintness,  shortly  after  his  entrance, 


30 

and  lost  twenty-five  ounces  of  blood.  Soon  after 
he  felt  great  relief,  and  on  the  following  day,  the 
diminution  of  the  general  symptoms  was  so  evi- 
dent, that  many  who  were  attending  my  visit, 
believed  they  had  before  them  an  example  of 
pneumonitis  arrested.  The  pain  was  less  than  on 
the  day  before,  the  pulse  less  than  one  hundred, 
anxiety  had  disappeared,  and  the  expression  of 
the  face  was  natural.  In  the  meanwhile  the 
sputa  retained  their  characteristic  appearance, 
and  the  dullness  of  sound  and  bronchophony  had 
become  much  more  extensive  than  on  the  pre- 
ceding day.  This  dullness  of  sound,  the  result 
of  imperfect  hepatization,  could  not  be  attributed 
to  an  effusion  of  liquid  within  the  pleura  ;  for  a 
fine  crepitation,  very  near  the  ear,  was  audible 
on  a  part  of  the  surface  ;  besides,  the  dullness  of 
sound,  which  had  extended  toward  the  summit, 
had  not  on  the  whole  increased  ;  so  that  the 
pneumonitis,  far  from  having  been  arrested  by  an 
early  and  copious  bleeding,  had,  since  that,  be- 
come more  developed  and  extended  :  nor  was  its 
progress  arrested  until  the  fifth  day,  while  con- 
valescence1 did  not  commence  until  the  ninth  or 
tenth.  This  has  been  observed  quite  frequently 


1  The  convalescence  of  this  patient,  and  of  the  others  treated 
of  in  this  chapter,  is  calculated  from  the  data  given  in  the  first 
chapter. 


31 


among  patients  bled  less  copiously,  at  a  later 
period  of  the  disease  ;  and  in  whom  the  imme- 
diate relief  from  venesection  was  much  less 
strongly  marked. 

Thus  far  then  the  results,  which  naturally  flow 
from  the  study  of  the  new  facts  before  us,  are  in 
perfect  accordance  with  those  laid  down  in  the 
preceding  chapter. 

Need  I  repeat  that  an  excellent  mode  of  ar- 
resting diseases  is  to  confound  them,  or  at  least 
to  make  no  distinction  in  the  periods,  at  which 
such  and  such  remedies  were  employed  ;  as  I 
have  pointed  out  in  the  preceding  chapter. 

Let  us  now  study  the  progress  and  duration 
of  each  particular  symptom  ;  and  see  if  the  cor- 
respondence in  question  extends  to  details. 

Pain  was  not  overcome  in  any  case  by  blood- 
letting ;  it  was  but  little  influenced  by  it ; 
for  at  the  end  of  twenty-four  hours,  it  was 
little  less  severe  than  on  the  day  before,  in  the 
majority  of  cases.  It  was  still  present,  on  the 
sixth  day  of  the  disease,  in  a  patient  who 
was  bled  on  the  second  day  ;  in  this  case  fifty 
ounces  of  blood  were  abstracted,  by  two  vene- 
sections/within forty-eight  hours,  and  on  the 
fourth  day,  five  or  six  ounces  more,  by  the  appli- 
cation of  twenty  leeches,  over  the  painful  spot. 
Its  mean  duration  was  seven  days  and  a  half ; 
that  is  to  say,  nearly  the  same  as  in  the  preced- 


32 

ing  cases  ;  whether  we  take  those  of  pneumoni- 
tis  of  the  lower  or  of  the  upper  lobes  ;*  and  b 
one  of  these  last  where  the  patient  was  bled  to 
syncope,  and  lost  thirty  ounces  on  the  third  day 
of  the  affection,  the  pain  on  the  following  day 
was  only  a  little  diminished. 

The  sputa  did  not  lose  their  pathognomonic 
character  in  a  single  case,  the  day  after  the  first 
bleeding ;  not  even  in  the  cases  just  stated,  al- 
though the  first  bleeding  was  considerable.  The 
duration  of  the  morbid  sputa  was  in  proportion 

1  M.  Andral  was  the  first,  I  believe,  who  made  the  remark  that 
pneumonitis  of  the  upper  lobe  was  more  grave  than  that  of  the 
lower.  It  is  true  that  pneumonitis  of  the  upper  lobe  is  more  fre- 
quently met  with  in  fatal  cases ;  but  this  is  simply  a  coincidence  ; 
for  inflammation  of  the  upper  lobe  seems  more  severe,  merely  be- 
cause it  occurs  for  the  most  part  among  the  aged.  Indeed, 
among  the  cases  analyzed  in  this  chapter,  about  one  third  had  in- 
flammation of  the  upper  lobe,  and  were  on  an  average  fifty-four 
years  of  age  ;  whilst  the  mean  age  of  those,  who  had  inflammation 
of  the  lower  lobe,  was  only  thirty-five.  On  the  other  hand,  pneu- 
monitis of  the  inferior  lobe  was  found  in  one  of  the  fatal  cases 
only  ;  and  these  facts  which  accord  with  all  that  I  have  observed 
for  three  years,  scarcely  permit  a  doubt  of  the  correctness  of  my 
proposition. 

Besides,  as  inflammation  of  the  upper  lobe  is  in  some  sort  the 
pneumonitis  of  the  aged,  we  should  expect  its  progress  to  be  dif- 
ferent from  that  of  the  lower  lobe,  which  occurs  chiefly  in  the 
young.  And  in  fact  the  duration  of  the  pneumonitis  of  the  upper 
lobe  in  patients  who  get  well,  exceeds  that  of  the  lower  by  three 
days  on  an  average  ;  and  this  difference  is  very  nearly  the  same 
for  each  particular  symptom.  This  fact  confirms  what  I  stated 
in  the  preceding  chapter  respecting  the  presumed  influence  of 
age  on  the  progress  of  the  disease. 


to  the  length  of  the  disease ;  so  that  on  an 
average,  they  did  not  lose  their  specific  charac- 
ter, until  the  seventh  day  of  the  affection  in  cases 
bled,  for  the  first  time,  before  the  fifth  day  ;  nor 
until  the  ninth,  in  those  bled  at  a  later  period. 
And,  the  observation  made  in  the  first  chapter  is 
applicable  here  ;  that  the  influence  of  bloodlet- 
ting upon  the  sputa,  was  the  more  marked,  when 
it  was  practised  at  the  latest  period  ;  so  that  in 
those  bled  at  a  late  period,  or  after  the  fourth 
day,  the  sputa  exhibited  nothing  remarkable  after 
twenty-four,  forty-eight,  or  seventy-two  hours, 
from  the  first  bloodletting  ;  while  in  those  bled 
sooner,  the  specific  character  never  entirely  dis- 
appeared before  three  days,  counting  from  the 
first  bleeding.  These  differences  admit  of  but 
one  explanation,  viz.  that  the  disease,  as  I  have 
said  before,  was  drawing  near  its  natural  termi- 
nation in  the  first  cases,  and  that  it  was  more  or 
less  removed  from  it  in  the  latter. 

Besides,  if  the  duration  of  the  disease  was 
very  variable  in  patients  bled  on  the  same  day ; 
that  of  the  specific  character  of  the  sputa  was 
equally  so  ;  for  this  continued,  in  different  de- 
grees, from  four  to  eleven,  or  from  seven  to  four- 
teen days,  in  patients  bled  for  the  first  time,  be- 
fore or  after  the  fifth  day. 

Crepitation  lasted  longer  than  the  two  symp- 
toms already  mentioned.  It  continued  from  ten 
5 


34 

to  fourteen  days  in  cases  bled  before  the  fifth  • 
from  ten  to  nineteen  in  those  bled  afterwards  ; 
on  an  average  twelve  days  in  the  first,  fourteen 
in  the  second  group.  In  no  instance  was  it  ar- 
rested. 

The  respiratory  murmur  was  more  or  less 
completely  altered  during  eighteen  days  on  an 
average.  That  modification  which  is  termed 
bronchial  did  not  in  any  case  yield  to  the  first 
bleeding  ;  but  was  more  affected  by  it,  the  later 
it  was  employed :  in  other  words,  if  the  first 
bleeding  was  instituted  on  the  sixth  day,  the  res- 
piration would  be  less  bronchial  on  the  following 
day,  than  it  was  the  day  before  ;  while  in  pa- 
tients bled  on  the  second  or  third  day  of  the  dis- 
ease, a  similar  change  would  not  be  effected  until 
the  third  day  after  the  bleeding. 

Bronchophony,  which  depends  upon  the  same 
causes  as  bronchial  respiration,  followed  the  same 
course,  and  had  the  same  duration. 

Dullness  of  sound  on  percussion  occurred  in 
all  the  cases,  and  lasted  on  an  average  until  the 
nineteenth  day  ;  gradually  diminishing.  A-nd, 
with  the  exception  of  two  patients  bled  on  the 
fourth  day  of  the  disease,  in  whom  the  dullness 
of  sound  was  much  less  the  day  after  the  bleed- 
ing than  it  had  been  the  preceding  day,  an 
amendment  in  this  respect  began  only  from  two 
to  five  days  after  the  first  bleeding  ;  and  the  ear- 


35 

Her  the  bleeding,  the  later,  relatively,  was  the 
amendment. 

In  three  patients,  bled  on  the  second  day  of 
the  disease,  the  pulse  fell  on  the  following  day 
from  120  and  100  beats  per  minute  to  108,  80, 
and  96.  But  the  next  day,  after  a  second  bleed- 
ing, the  beats  were  104,  108,  90  per  minute  ; 
that  is  to  say,  it  had  diminished  in  frequency  but 
very  little  after  two  bleedings. 

It  was  the  same  in  patients  bled  for  the  first 
time  on  the  fourth  day  :  in  some  of  whom  there 
was  on  the  following  day  a  temporary  improve- 
ment in  the  pulse,  in  others  none  at  all.  But  in 
a  great  majority  of  cases,  where  bleeding  was 
not  employed  until  after  the  fifth  day  of  the  dis- 
ease, the  pulse  was  less  rapid  on  the  following 
day  ;  and  this  amendment  went  on  increasing 
subsequently. 

In  the  cases  now  before  us,  as  in  those  exam- 
ined in  the  previous  chapter,  the  influence  of 
bloodletting  upon  the  progress  of  the  symptoms 
of  pneumonitis  has  been  unimportant,  unless  suf- 
ficient interval  has  elapsed  between  the  attack 
and  the  venesection  :  and,  no  doubt,  the  reason 
is  that,  which  I  have  before  suggested  ;  that  the 
disease  had  then  more  or  less  approximated  its 
natural  termination  ;  which  termination  was 
more  distant,  where  bloodletting  was  employed 
at  an  earlier  period.  And  these  facts,  as  well 


36 


as  those  which  relate  to  its  duration,  establish 
narrow  limits  to  the  utility  of  bloodletting  in 
this  disease. 

Let  us  now  examine  the  facts  which  relate  to 
the  fatal  cases. 

Out  of  twenty-nine  cases  referred  to  in  this  ar- 
ticle, four,  as  we  have  seen  above,  were  fatal ; 
i.  e.  one  seventh.  A  proportion  much  less  con- 
siderable than  that  given  for  the  patients  at  la 
Charite,  who  were  subjected  to  a  somewhat 
different  treatment,  to  which  I  shall  presently 
advert. 

Of  these  four  patients,  one  only  was  bled  a 
short  time  after  the  attack,  the  third  and  fourth 
days  of  the  disease,  and  he  died  after  one  hun- 
dred and  ten  hours  from  the  commencement  of 
the  disease. 

The  others  were  bled  for  the  first  time  at  a 
later  period  ;  two  on  the  fifth  day  of  the  pneu- 
monitis,  the  last  on  the  eighth.  This  last  died 
on  the  nineteenth  day,  while  the  others  on  the 
eleventh  and  seventeenth.  That  is  to  say,  the 
mortality  was  vastly  greater  among  those  bled 
for  the  first  time  after  the  fourth  day,  than  with 
those  bled  before  that  time ;  the  fatality  being 
one  fourteenth  for  the  former,  and  three  fifteenths 
for  the  latter. 

From  the  disproportion  of  mortality  in  the 
above  cases,  the  conclusion  is  natural  that  blood- 


37 

letting  soon  after  the  attack,  is  much  more  im- 
portant than  one  would  have  believed,  from  the 
statement  of  the  cases  of  recovery.  But  this 
contradiction  is  in  appearance  only,  and  is  re- 
moved when  age  is  taken  into  the  account. 

Indeed,  in  the  cases  referred  to  in  this  chap- 
ter, there  happened  the  opposite  of  what  was 
noted  respecting  those  referred  to  in  the  first ; 
the  mean  age  of  the  patients  treated  in  this  chap- 
ter, who  were  bled  during  the  four  first  days  of 
the  disease,  was  much  less  than  that  of  the  indi- 
viduals who  were  not  bled  until  after  that  period  ; 
so  that  the  former  were  aged  thirty-nine  years 
three  months,  the  latter  forty-seven  years  eight 
months.  Besides,  it  is  worthy  of  remark,  that 
the  age  of  the  patient  bled  during  the  four  first 
days,  and  whose  disease  terminated  fatally,  was 
forty-one,  and  those  of  three  others  bled  at  a  later 
period,  was  sixty-one,  seventy,  and  seventy-one. 

An  inspection  of  the  following  table  will  re- 
move all  doubt  on  this  subject  ;  the  four  fatal 
cases  are  placed  below  the  others,  and  their  ages 
may  be  readily  compared  with  those  above  in 
each  group.  The  number  above  each  column 
indicates  the  day  of  the  first  bleeding.  The  num- 
ber on  the  left  of  each  column  denotes  the  du- 
ration of  the  disease.  That  on  the  right  the  age 
of  the  patient,  and  the  figures  marked  with  an 
asterisk  those  who  took  antimony. 


38 


23               4             5             679         14 

15      36 

16*     30 
11      29 

11*        60 
27          ID 

23*        66 
9          20 

14*    45 
19*    23 
14*    50 
12      24 
13      42 
15      61 

9*  18 
28*  41 
11  25 

25*     61 
21*    58 
12*     67 

11*     24 

19*    22 
18*     18 
24*    62 
21*     60 

22*  58 

1  10  hours  41 

11  71 

17  61 

19*  70 

It  is  evidently  to  the  age  much  more  than  to 
delay  in  bloodletting,  that  we  must  attribute  the 
great  fatality  of  those  cases  which  were  not  bled 
until  four  days  after  the  commencement  of  the 
disease.  So  that  the  natural  deduction  from  the 
facts  examined  with  reference  to  the  effect  of 
bloodletting  in  pneumonitis,  is  in  accordance 
with  those  which  appear  to  me  to  have  been 
drawn  rigorously  from  facts  previously  collected 
at  la  Charite,  and  they  all  go  to  show  that  the 
effect  of  venesection  on  the  progress  of  pneu- 
monitis, is  much  less  than  is  commonly  thought. 

But  with  respect  to  mortality,  rather  a  re- 
markable difference  exists  between  the  subjects 
of  the  present  analysis  and  those  of  the  preced- 
ing chapter.  To  what  shall  this  be  attributed  1 
Not  to  age ;  for  the  difference  in  this  respect 
between  the  two  classes  was  slight,  and  in  favor 
of  the  patients  of  la  Charite,  whose  mean  age 
was  forty,  and  that  of  the  others  forty- three  :  in 
which  estimates  I  would  be  understood  to  include 
the  fatal  and  successful  cases.  Nor  can  it  be 


39 

presumed  that  the  cases  in  which  early  bloodlet- 
ting was  employed,  were  more  numerous  in  pro- 
portion at  la  Pitie  than  at  la  Charite.  The  ta- 
bles relative  to  the  sick  of  both  hospitals  forbid 
this  supposition.  Nor  is  it  less  impossible  that 
it  should  be  imputed  to  the  different  seasons  at 
which  the  patients  came  under  observation  ;  the 
majority  of  the  patients  of  la  Pitie  having  been 
admitted  from  January  1  to  April  1,  inclusively  ; 
whilst  the  subjects  of  my  observation  at  la 
Charite  were  brought  there  at  different  periods 
of  the  year.  There  remain  then  to  account  for 
the  fact  in  question,  the  before  mentioned  differ- 
ence in  bloodletting,  large  doses  of  antimony, 
and  the  employment  or  omission  of  vesication. 
Let  us  examine. 

If  the  patients  of  la  Pitie  were  less  frequently 
bled  than  the  others,  each  of  them  was  bled  more 
copiously,  especially  at  first ;  and  this  differ- 
ence, though  not  very  great,  must  have  had 
some  influence  upon  the  fortunate  termination  of 
the  disease. 

As  to  the  effects  of  antimony r,  —  this  medicine 
was  administered  to  sixteen  of  the  patients,  who 
recovered  during  a  space  of  four  to  seven  days, 
in  increasing  doses,  from  six  to  twelve  grains  in 
six  ounces  of  the  distilled  water  of  the  lime-tree 
flowers,  sweetened  with  half  an  ounce  of  syrup 
of  poppies  ;  and  the  patients  took  this  in  the 


40 

course  of  the  day,  in  six  or  eight  doses.  The 
average  length  of  the  disease  in  these  cases  was 
eighteen  days  ;  three  days  more  than  that  of  the 
patients  who  did  not  take  the  medicine  ;  so  that 
it  would  appear  at  first  sight,  that  the  antimony, 
far  from  having  promoted  the  cure,  must  have 
had  a  prejudicial  influence. 

This  prejudicial  agency,  however,  is  only  in 
appearance.  The  antimony  was  administered 
after  frequent  venesections,  repeated  on  account 
of  the  augmented  violence  of  the  disease ;  upon 
the  eighth  day,  on  an  average ;  and  in  cases 
where  on  an  average,  venesection  had  not  been 
practised,  until  the  fifth  day :  while  in  the  cases 
where  antimony  was  not  administered,  venesec- 
tion was  instituted  on  the  third  day.  That  is  to 
say,  antimony  was  not  prescribed  in  any  except 
severe  cases,  and  under  unfavorable  circumstan- 
ces ;  this  sufficiently  explains,  why  the  disease 
was  protracted,  in  those  to  whom  it  was  admin- 
istered. Let  us  add  another  fact,  and  it  is  not 
necessary  to  insist  on  its  importance,  that  the 
patients  who  took  antimony,  were  generally  older 
than  those  who  did  not ;  the  mean  age  of  the 
latter  being  thirty-one,  of  the  former  forty-five. 
The  difference  is  very  great,  and  shows  not  only 
that  antimony  has  not  had  the  prejudicial  influ- 
ence, on  the  duration  of  pneumonitis,  that  we 
should  at  first  sight  have  been  tempted  to  ascribe 


41 


to  it  ;  but  that  it  must,  in  some  cases,  have  ac- 
celerated its  progress  and  prevented  a  fatal  ter- 
mination. 

This  last  proposition  seems  to  be  further  cor- 
roborated by  the  changes  which  almost  imme- 
diately followed  its  administration.  In  fact,  on 
the  day  after,  fifteen  out  of  the  seventeen,  who 
took  antimony,  were  either  a  little,  or  very  much 
better  ;  having  evidently  more  strength,  a  better 
countenance,  and  less  difficulty  in  respiration. 
Further,  thirteen  of  them,  in  whom  percussion 
was  more  or  less  completely  dull  over  a  certain 
extent,  when  the  antimony  was  first  given, 
showed  a  remarkable  amendment  in  this  respect 
on  the  following  day  ;  the  percussion  being  al- 
ready more  sonorous  ;  and  these  favorable  symp- 
toms constantly  made  new  progress  afterward. 

The  increase  of  strength,  the  day  following  the 
exhibition  of  antimony,  is  the  more  remarkable, 
as  it  induced  frequent  vomiting  and  purging. 
Out  of  seventeen  cases,  sixteen  had  copious  de- 
jections, eight  to  fifteen  in  number  on  the  first 
day  ;  less  frequently  on  the  day  following,  and 
on  the  third  or  fourth  these  returned  to  their 
natural  frequency.  Vomiting  was  less  frequent, 
and  subsided  sooner  than  the  purging  ;  not  last- 
ing beyond  the  first  day,  and  in  five  cases,  or  a 
little  more  than  one  third,  was  absent  entirely. 

Three  of  the  patients  who  died,  took  anti- 
6 


42 

mony,  and  were  not  improved  the  day  after  its 
exhibition.  One  of  them  only,  had  the  evacua- 
tions above  mentioned. 

It  appears  then,  that  out  of  twenty  patients, 
in  a  hazardous  condition,  to  whom  antimony  was 
given,  only  three  died  ;  this  seems  to  me,  to  re- 
move all  doubt,  as  to  the  utility  of  large  doses 
of  antimony  in  the  treatment  of  pneumonitis  ;  es- 
pecially when  it  is  considered  that  these  three 
patients  were  sixty  or  seventy  years  of  age. 

The  treatment  of  the  patients  at  la  Charite 
was  further  different  from  that  at  la  Pitie,  in  this 
respect,  that  vesication  was  employed  at  the  for- 
mer, and  not  at  the  latter  hospital.  Can  this 
circumstance  have  effected  any  difference  in  the 
unequal  mortality  of  the  two  classes  of  patients  ? 
Is  it  probable  that  vesication,  employed  at  la 
Charite,  exerted  a  happy  effect  on  the  progress 
of  the  disease,  and  would  the  patients  at  la  Pitie 
have  been  cured  more  readily,  and  in  greater 
numbers,  had  blisters  been  used  in  conjunction 
with  antimony  ?  Let  us  look  at  the  facts. 

At  the  hospital  of  la  Charite,  blisters  were  not 
applied  in  all  the  cases  which  terminated  favor- 
ably, but  only  where  bleeding  was  so  ineffectual, 
that  fears  were  entertained  for  the  result.  Ve- 
sication was  used  in  one  half  of  the  cases,  or  in 
twenty-five  patients,  whose  first  bloodletting  was 
during  the  four  first  days  of  the  disease,  or  later  : 


43 

and  the  average  length  of  the  disease  in  these 
cases,  was  twenty-two  days  two  hours  ;  while 
it  was  fifteen  days  eight  hours  only,  in  the  other 
cases.  An  enormous  difference,  which  would 
seem  to  show  that  the  unfavorable  conditions  un- 
der which  blisters  were  used,  have  not  been  sen- 
sibly affected  by  their  action  :  and  therefore  we 
may  infer  that  vesication  was  useless. 

This  was  not  the  case,  as  we  have  seen, 
among  the  patients  at  la  Pitie,  to  whom  anti- 
mony was  administered,  and  who  were  sick  only 
three  days  longer  than  those  who  did  not  take 
it ;  notwithstanding  the  very  unfavorable  circum- 
stances, under  which  it  was  administered.  For, 
besides  the  severity  of  the  disease,  which 
was  very  nearly  equal  among  those  who  were 
blistered,  and  those  who  took  antimony,  the  for- 
mer had  the  advantage  of  age,  thirty-five  years 
and  a  half,  on  an  average,  the  latter  being  forty- 
five  years  of  age,  minus  a  fraction.  It  would  be 
difficult  to  attribute  these  differences  in  duration 
to  chance,  or  to  consider  them  accidental ;  seeing 
that  the  length  of  the  disease  and  the  ages  of  the 
patients  were  nearly  the  same,  among  those 
treated  by  bloodletting  alone,  both  at  la  Charite 
and  la  Pitie  ;  the  mean  age  of  the  first  being 
thirty-five,  that  of  the  second  thirty-one  ;  the 
average  length  of  the  disease  fifteen  days  and  a 
third  in  the  one  set,  fourteen  days  and  one  eighth 
in  the  other. 


44 


The  following  table  will  show  more  distinctly 
the  difference  just  pointed  out : 

Mean  age  of  the  patients  whose  r  At  la  Charite,    35  years, 
only  treatment  was  bloodletting,  \  At  la  Pitie,        31 
Mean  duration  of  the  disease    ^  At  la  Charite,   15  days  \ 
among  these  patients,         (  At  la  Pitie,        14     "     \ 

SAt  la  Charite,  the  patients  to 
whom  blisters  were  ap- 
plied, 34  years  4-5 
At  la  Pitie,  the  patients  who 
took  antimony,     45  years. 

Mean  duration  of  the  disease     At  la  Charite,          22  days, 
in  these  cases,  (At  la  Pitie,  18  days. 

And  the  next  following  table  will  enable  the 
reader  to  verify  the  figures  : 


123456      789 

]0   28 

7  27 

19*  27 

19  66 

28*  43 

13  62 

24*  40 

19   30 

35   64 

12*  26 

10  26 

29*  23 

12  20 

17   34 

16  60 

12   26 

12   33 

11   20 

14*  45 

12  13 

20*  24 

15  22 

40*  48 

23*  19 

19   53 

18*  54 

17   19 

20*  50 

22*  23 

13   50 

35*  16 

18   25  20*  19 

30   23 

16*  20 

12*  39 

21*  59 

17  36 

15   27 

13   40 

17*  29 

21*  50 

13   29 

27*  26 

21*  44 

25*  53 

28*  54 

40*  48 

16*  22 

12*  19 

The  explanation  of  this  table  is  like  that  given 
on  page  thirty-eight,  excepting  that  the  figures 
marked  with  an  asterisk  indicate  the  duration  of 
the  disease  in  those  patients,  to  whom  blisters 
were  applied. 

It  should  be  further  remarked  that  antimony 
and  blisters  were  directed  at  the  same  period, 
the  eighth  day  of  the  affection,  on  an  average  ; 
and  that  vesication  was  in  no  case  followed  by 
that  speedy  and  decided  amendment,  which  oc- 
curred in  the  other  cases  some  hours  after  the 
use  of  antimony. 


45 


Since  vesication  has  exercised  no  apprecia- 
ble influence  on  the  duration  of  pneumonitis 
among  the  patients  at  la  Charite,  it  cannot  be 
admitted  that  it  would  have  shortened  the  dis- 
ease among  those,  who  were  treated  for  the  same, 
at  la  Pitie. 

Further,  I  have  not  only  rejected  vesication 
from  the  treatment  of  pneumonitis,  I  have  also 
ceased  to  employ  it  in  pleurisy  and  pericarditis. 
I  have  treated,  within  five  years,  about  one  hun- 
dred and  forty  cases  of  pleurisy  at  la  Pitie,  (I  in- 
clude here  only  those  who  were  in  perfect  health 
at  the  time  they  were  attacked),  without  having 
had  recourse  to  vesication  in  a  single  instance  ; 
and  they  all  recovered.  I  have  had  the  same 
success  in  more  than  thirty  cases  of  pericarditis 
occurring  in  individuals  healthy  up  to  the  period 
of  attack.  It  must  be  admitted  that  these  facts 
render  the  utility  of  vesication  in  acute  diseases 
of  the  chest  still  more  problematical. 

I  was  induced  to  reject  vesication  from  the 
treatment  of  acute  thoracic  inflammations,  be- 
cause, as  I  have  before  said,  an  attentive  study 
and  rigorous  analysis  of  facts  forced  me  to  ac- 
knowledge that  acute  inflammatory  affections, 
far  from  preserving  from  inflammation,  organs 
which  are  not  the  primitive  seat  of  disease,  are 
in  truth  an  exciting  cause  of  inflammation  ;  inso- 
much that  the  more  severe  the  primitive  inflam- 
matory affection,  and  the  more  considerable  the 


46 

accompanying  fever,  the  more  are  the  secondary 
inflammations  to  be  dreaded.  And  how  then 
can  we  believe  that  the  effect  of  a  blister  is  to 
check  an  inflammation,  when  this  blister  is  one 
inflammation  superadded  to  another  ?  I  ac- 
knowledge that  this  method  of  reasoning  was  not 
rigorous  ;  it  was  mere  reasoning  by  analogy : 
but  it  was  an  analogy  drawn  not  from  animals 
to  man,  not  from  the  man  in  health  to  the  man 
in  disease  ;  but  from  the  sick  to  the  sick  himself; 
almost  a  certainty.  I  might  in  this  view  of  the 
subject,  without  making  myself  liable  to  reason- 
able censure,  be  justified  in  trying  to  dispense 
with  vesication  in  acute  inflammations  of  the 
chest  ;  and  with  these  facts  before  us,  all  must 
allow  that  much  has  been  taken  for  granted  in 
regard  to  vesication  under  the  conditions  in 
question  ; — and  that  in  all  cases  its  action  should 
be  rigorously  examined. 

Shall  we  say  then  that  blisters  must  be  aban- 
doned in  every  case  ?  Assuredly  not.  I  will 
not  even  say  that  it  has  been  rigorously  demon- 
strated that  they  are  useless  in  every  inflamma- 
tion ;  I  speak  only  of  thoracic  inflammations,  in 
which  their  usefulness  is  neither  strictly  demon- 
strated, nor  even  probable.  But  one  thing  is 
most  assuredly  beyond  question,  and  we  should 
never  be  weary  of  repeating  it  ;  that  the  thera- 
peutic value  of  blisters  is  not  known ;  that  it 


47 


must  be  studied  by  the  aid  of  numerous  and 
carefully  noted  facts,  just  as  if  nothing  at  all 
were  known  about  it. 

One  other  therapeutic  agent  demands  the 
reader's  attention  :  I  mean  the  syrup  of  poppies, 
(diacodium1),  which  was  administered  to  those 
patients  who  took  antimony  ;  and  which  did  not 
retard  the  amendment  above  noted,  as  having 
quickly  followed  the  exhibition  of  that  medicine. 
If  the  syrup  was  not  injurious  in  this  case,  should 
this  be  attributed  to  its  association  with  anti- 
mony ?  I  doubt  it  ;  for  we  have  little  else  than 
reasoning,  with  regard  to  the  action  of  opiates  in 
the  treatment  of  inflammation  ;  and  I  have  col- 
lected some  facts  which  show  the  great  amount 
of  our  prejudices  concerning  the  effect  of  opium. 
Opium,  it  has  been  said,  should  be  avoided  in 
the  treatment  of  diseases  attended  with  cerebral 
symptoms,  because  it  acts  upon  the  brain  only 
by  means  of  an  engorgement  of  the  cerebral  ves- 
sels, and  that,  in  this  way,  we  should  rather  in- 
crease, than  diminish  the  evil.  But  who  has 
proved  this  mechanism  ?  No  one  :  for  no  one 
has  proved  that  cerebral  symptoms  always  de- 
pend upon  engorgement  of  the  vascular  system 
of  the  brain.  Resting  on  these  two  considera- 


1  An  ounce  of  this  syrup  is  very  nearly  equivalent  to  a  grain 
of  opium. 


48 

tions,  that,  on  the  one  hand,  it  is  not  proved  that 
cerebral  symptoms,  those,  for  instance,  which 
are  attended  with  agitation  of  the  limbs,  depend 
upon  engorgement  of  the  cerebral  vessels  ;  and 
on  the  other,  that,  the  mode  of  action  of  opium 
is  not  known  :  during  the  past  year,  I  have  ad- 
ministered this  medicine  to  two  young  women 
affected  with  chorea  ;  in  these  cases  the  relief 
was  immediate,  and  in  a  space  of  two  weeks,  the 
disease  was  happily  terminated.  Four  times 
too,  within  four  years,  I  have  administered  the 
syrup  of  poppies  to  patients  under  the  typhoid 
affection,  who  had  had  subsultus  tendinum,  for 
twenty-four  or  forty-eight  hours.  I  began  with 
a  dose  of  three  drachms,  rapidly  increased  to  an 
ounce  in  the  course  of  the  day  ;  on  the  fol- 
lowing day  the  subsultus  had  lessened,  and  it 
never  recurred,  in  the  same  degree,  as  before  the 
administration  of  the  opiate. 

Be  this  as  it  may,  the  following  are  the  results 
of  the  investigations,  in  this  and  in  the  preceding 
chapter : 

1st.  That  bloodletting  has  a  happy  effect  on 
the  progress  of  pneumonitis  ;  that  it  shortens  its 
duration ;  that  this  effect,  however,  is  much  less 
than  has  been  commonly  believed :  but  that  pa- 
tients, bled  during  the  four  first  days,  recover, 
other  things  being  equal,  four  or  five  days  sooner 
than  those  bled  at  a  later  period. 


49 


2d.  That  pneumonitis  is  never  arrested  at 
once  by  bloodletting,  at  least,  not  on  the  first 
days  of  the  disease.  If  an  opposite  opinion  is 
maintained,  it  is  because  this  disease  has  been 
confounded  with  another  ;  or  because,  in  some 
rare  cases,  the  general  symptoms  rapidly  dimin- 
ish after  the  first  bloodletting.  But  then  the 
local  symptoms,  crepitation,  &,c.,  for  the  most 
part,  continue  to  be  developed  not  the  less  for 
this  evacuation. 

3d.  That  age  exerts  great  influence  on  the 
rapidity  of  the  progress,  and  on  the  favorable  or 
unfavorable  issue  of  pneumonitis. 

4th.  That  where  bloodletting  proves  ineffect- 
ual, consequently,  in  severe  cases,  antimony,  in 
large  doses,  acts  favorably,  and  appears  to  di- 
minish the  mortality. 

5th.  That  vesication  has  no  evident  influence 
upon  the  progress  of  pneumonitis  ;  and  that  it 
may  be  dispensed  with,  in  the  treatment  of  pleu- 
risy and  pericarditis,  occurring  in  healthy  sub- 
jects. 

But,  notwithstanding  the  good  effects  of  large 
doses  of  antimony,  in  the  treatment  of  pneumo- 
nitis at  la  Pitie,  it  will  be  said,  perhaps,  that  the 
mortality  at  this  hospital  was  much  greater  than 
that  announced  by  many  respectable  physicians, 
under  the  same  circumstances  ;  particularly  by 
the  illustrious  Laennec. 
7 


50 


Indeed,  in  his  work  on  diseases  of  the  chest, 
we  meet  with  the  following  statement  i1  "In 
the  year  1824,  at  the  clinique  of  the  Faculty,  I 
treated  with  antimony,  twenty-eight  cases  of 
pneumonitis,  either  pure,  or  complicated  with  a 
slight  pleuritic  effusion.  All  these  recovered, 
with  the  exception  of  one  cachectic  old  man, 
whose  mind  was  already  much  impaired  by  age, 
and  who  took  but  little  antimony,  because  he 
could  not  bear  it.  These  cases,  nevertheless 
were,  for  the  most  part,  very  severe.  In  the 
course  of  the  present  year,  &c.  &,c.  the  mor- 
tality was  a  little  less  than  one  in  twenty-eight." 

A  little  further,  p.  504,  he  says,  "  The  results 
I  have  just  stated  are  more  favorable  than  those 
lately  published  by  M.  Rasori ;  this  may  depend 
upon  two  causes  :  first,  that  peripneumony  can 
be  detected  much  sooner  by  auscultation  than  by 
the  ordinary  symptoms  ;  and  secondly,  that  M. 
Rasori  has  apparently  included  many  cases  of 
simple  pleurisy,  or  pleuropneumony  with  pre- 
dominance of  pleurisy,  under  the  head  of  pneu- 
monitis ;  for  it  is  impossible  to  distinguish  these 
cases  without  the  aid  of  auscultation  ;  and  we 
have  before  remarked  that,  in  the  treatment  of 
pleurisy  by  antimony,  we  ought  not  to  expect  the 
same  success  as  in  pneumonitis." 

1  Second  edition,  1st  volume,  page  500. 


51 

One  remark,  with  regard  to  these  statements 
of  Laennec,  will  no  doubt  have  occurred  to  the 
reader  ;  that  they  are  deficient  in  details  con- 
cerning the  number  of  bleedings,  the  age  of  the 
patients,  the  period  at  which  they  were  bled,  the 
period  when  they  took  antimony,  and  the  mean 
duration  of  the  disease  ;  so  that  in  consequence 
of  this  deficiency,  we  are  not  able  to  institute 
a  comparison  between  these  observations  and 
others. 

Another  much  more  important  remark  is  that, 
in  a  certain  number  of  cases,  Laennec  trusted 
entirely  to  auscultation,  in  making  his  diagnosis; 
that  he  considered  crepitation,  independently  of 
every  other  local  symptom,  to  be  an  infallible 
guide  :  so  that  he  must  have  admitted  many  as 
cases  of  pneumonitis,  in  whom  there  existed 
crepitation  only,  without  rusty,  semi-transparent 
sputa  ;  without  a  more  or  less  complete  altera- 
tion of  the  respiratory  sound  ;  and  without  any 
degree  of  dullness,  on  percussion,  at  the  part  af- 
fected. 

We  all  know  how  highly  cultivated  were  the 
senses  of  Laennec  ;  how  delicate  his  ear.  Nev- 
ertheless, as  there  is  not  a  great  difference  be- 
tween a  crepitant  rale,  rather  coarse,  (for  it  is  not 
always  equally  fine,)  and  a  subcrepitant,  rather 
fine,  Laennec  may  possibly  have  been  deceived, 
and  taken  one  of  these  rales  for  the  other,  in  a 
considerable  number  of  cases. 


52 

In  this  case,  he  must  have  confounded  acute 
pulmonary  catarrh  with  pneumonitis,  as  the  for- 
mer affects  the  last  ramifications  of  the  bronchiae, 
and  is  accompanied  with  a  subcrepitant  rale  ;  and 
it  was  without  doubt,  in  consequence  of  such 
mistakes  that  there  is  so  wide  and  important  a 
difference  between  his  results  and  my  own  :  for 
acute  pulmonary  catarrh  is  not  fatal,  when  it 
occurs  in  healthy  subjects,  whatever  be  the  treat- 
ment ;  those  cases  perhaps  excepted,  in  which 
the  whole  of  both  lungs  is  affected. 

Some  other  physicians,  since  his  time,  have 
undoubtedly  fallen  into  the  same  error  ;  for  we 
cannot  otherwise  explain  how  talented  and  hon- 
orable men,  of  unquestionable  honesty  in  scien- 
tific researches,  should  have  been  more  success- 
ful than  even  Laennec,  in  the  treatment  of  pneu- 
monitis with  preparations  of  antimony. 

In  the  same  way,  we  can  account  for  the  fact, 
that  double  pneumonitis,  terminating  success- 
fully, is  so  frequently  met  with,  by  some  men, 
and  so  seldom  by  others.  Indeed,  out  of  all  the 
cases  investigated  in  this  chapter,  there  was  but 
one  who  recovered,  among  those  affected  with 
double  pneumonitis.  Further,  the  inflammation 
of  the  lung,  secondarily  affected,  was  but  trifling  ; 
it  was  less  in  extent  than  the  palm  of  the  hand. 

In  cases  of  pulmonary  catarrh,  affecting  the 
extreme  bronchiae,  it  is  indeed  extremely  rare, 


53 


not  to  find  a  subcrepitant  rale  at  the  lower  part 
of  the  back  on  both  sides.  It  cannot,  therefore, 
be  too  often  repeated,  that  auscultation,  like  all 
the  most  accurate  modes  of  investigation,  can 
lead  to  true  conclusions,  only  when  its  results 
are  compared  with  those  obtained  by  other 
methods.  Laennec  himself  has  given  cautions  of 
this  kind,  which  however  he  has  not  always  ob- 
served. 


ARTICLE   SECOND. 

Effect  of  bloodletting  in  erysipelas  of  the  face. 

During  the  time  before  mentioned,  I  col- 
lected eleven  cases  of  erysipelas  of  the  face,  oc- 
curring in  individuals  perfectly  healthy  up  to 
the  time  of  attack  ;  and  they  all  recovered,  ac- 
cording to  my  constant  experience  in  similar 
cases.  Six  of  them  wrere  not  bled  and  did  not 
take  any  purgative  :  the  average  duration  of  the 
disease  was  eight  days  and  a  quarter.  It  was 
ten  and  a  half  in  those  who  were  bled.1  This 
difference  may  readily  be  explained,  by  the  de- 
gree of  severity  of  the  disease,  which  was  greater 
in  these  last  than  in  the  others. 


1  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  inform  the  reader  that  I  have  fixed 
the  duration  of  the  disease,  in  these  cases,  according  to  the  data, 
stated  in  the  preceding  chapter. 


54 

Four  of  the  patients  were  bled  once  only,  and 
that  on  the  third  or  fourth  day.  Among  these, 
the  disease  lasted  six  and  a  half  days,  in  one 
case,  ten  and  twelve  in  two  others,  and  sixteen 
in  the  fourth  :  this  last  was  a  patient,  who  was 
bled  to  twenty  ounces  on  the  third  day.  After 
this,  how  can  it  be  believed  that  erysipelas  of  the 
face  may  be  at  once  cut  short  ?  The  fifth  and 
last  patient  lost  sixteen  ounces  in  two  bleedings, 
on  the  third  and  sixth  day  of  the  disease,  which 
disappeared  on  the  eighth. 

These,  and  similar  investigations,  in  the  first 
ohapter,  lead  to  the  same  results,  and  establish 
narrow  limits  to  the  utility  of  bloodletting  in  ery- 
ispelas  of  the  face. 

I  have  collected,  in  my  clinical  course,  four 
cases  only  of  angina  tonsillaris ;  and  these  of 
course  are  insufficient  for  analysis  ;  I  therefore 
pass  on  to  the  third  chapter. 


55 


CHAPTER  THIRD. 

Examination  of  the  method,  followed  in  the  preced- 
ing chapters,  to  determine  the  therapeutic  effects 
of  bloodletting  and  antimony. 

In  studying  the  history  of  medical  agents,  it 
is  not  most  important  to  ascertain  their  immedi- 
ate action  on  the  animal  economy,  but  their  the- 
rapeutic action,  properly  so  called ;  in  other 
words,  their  influence  upon  the  progress  and  ter- 
mination of  different  diseases.  It  has  therefore 
been  my  constant  object,  in  the  two  preceding 
chapters,  to  obtain  such  information  concerning 
bloodletting  and  antimony ;  and  to  this  end,  I 
have  followed  a  method  which  seems  to  me  to  be 
at  once  natural  and  rigorous.  Indeed  what  was 
to  be  done  in  order  to  know  whether  bloodletting 
had  any  favorable  influence  on  pneumonitis,  and 
the  extent  of  that  influence  ?  Evidently  to  ascer- 
tain whether,  other  things  being  equal,  the  pa- 
tients who  were  bled  on  the  first,  second,  third  or 
fourth  day,  recovered  more  readily  or  in  greater 
numbers,  than  those  bled  at  a  later  period.  In 
the  same  manner  it  was  necessary  to  estimate 
the  influence  of  age,  or  any  other  circumstance, 
on  the  appreciable  effects  of  bloodletting.  In 
other  words,  whether  patients,  in  such  circum- 


56 

stances,  recovered  sooner,  other  things  being 
equal,  under  the  influence  of  bloodletting,  than 
others  in  different  circumstances.  And  as  to  the 
details  of  the  plan  pursued  in  this  inquiry,  there 
was  one  course  which  seemed  almost  necessary. 
It  was  requisite  to  form  one  class  of  such  patients 
as  were  similarly  situated,  another  of  those  in 
somewhat  different  circumstances,  to  take  the 
mean  duration  of  the  disease  in  each  class,  to  com- 
pare and  to  draw  conclusions. 

This  method,  however,  the  simple  exposition 
of  which,  ought  to  be  a  sufficient  demonstration 
of  its  necessity,  this  method  has  been  criticised 
by  more  than  one  physician.  Let  us  see  if  there 
is  any  foundation  for  the  attacks  upon  it  ;  and  if 
it  be  possible  to  arrive  at  rigorous  results,  at  any 
thing  like  a  demonstration  in  therapeutics,  with- 
out having  recourse  to  it. 

The  first,  and  apparently  the  most  weighty  ob- 
jection to  the  method  in  question,  is  that  it  is 
difficult  to  collect  a  sufficient  number  of  cases  of 
any  one  disease,  which  shall  be  identical ;  es- 
pecially if  it  be  remembered  that  two  cases  of 
disease  will  hardly  be  found  alike  in  every  par- 
ticular. 

Without  doubt,  if,  in  order  that  two  cases  of 
the  same  disease  may  be  classed  together,  it  is 
considered  essential  that  the  individuals  should 
be  perfectly  equal  in  age,  and  mathematically 


57 

similar  in  strength,  stature  and  flesh  ;  if  the  dis- 
ease must  be  exactly  at  the  same  stage,  of  the  pre- 
cise extent,  (supposing  it  possible  to  measure  it) : 
if  the  febrile  action  must  be  similar  to  such  a  de- 
gree, that  the  pulsations  of  the  arteries  in  the 
two  cases  must  not  vary  two  or  three  strokes  ;  if 
such  are  the  conditions  of  the  required  resem- 
blance, it  is  impossible  that  they  should  ever  be 
found  united  ;  any  more  than  that  two  leaves  on 
the  same  tree  should  be  found  exactly  alike  in 
form,  color  and  thickness.  And  as  there  is  an 
evident  necessity  of  uniting  similar  facts,  in  order 
to  classify  them  and  draw  from  them  correct  con- 
clusions, it  would  follow  that  there  would  be 
nothing  but  individualities  in  medical  science  ; 
that  it  would  always  be  impossible  to  attain  any 
general  principle  whatever,  even  in  pathology  ; 
and  also  that  there  would  be  no  means  of  de- 
scribing the  leaf  of  a  tree  in  general  terms.  Ex- 
perience, fortunately,  enables  us  to  appreciate 
the  value  of  such  conclusions,  and  of  the  asser- 
tion which  gives  rise  to  them.  A  leaf  of  a  tree 
once  well  described  may  always  be  recognised  ; 
and  general  principles  of  pathology,  once  clearly 
defined,  can  always  be  verified  under  circumstan- 
ces similar  to  those,  in  which  the  subjects  were 
placed,  from  whom  such  general  principles  were 
derived.  Thus,  in  truth,  we  can  form  a  class  of 
facts  bearing  sufficient  resemblance,  one  to 
8 


58 

another,  and  from  hence  deduce  laws  which  every 
day's  experience  verifies. 

Reasoning  a  priori,  as  is  the  habit  of  those 
physicians  who  oppose  this  method  which  is 
known  as  the  numerical  method,  we  might,  we 
necessarily  should  infer  from  the  diversity  in 
temperaments,  in  height,  intelligence  and  many 
other  circumstances  easily  estimated,  we  should 
infer  that  differences  not  less  evident,  existed  in 
regard  to  the  deep-seated  organs  and  their  func- 
tions ;  and  maintain,  with  respect  to  the  stomach, 
for  example,  that  as  many  kinds  of  food  were 
necessary  as  there  were  individuals.  Experi- 
ence however  shows  that,  in  spite  of  these  strik- 
ing and  indisputable  differences  between  persons 
most  resembling  one  another,  nine  hundred  and 
ninety-nine  out  of  one  thousand,  who  differ  in 
age,  sex,  temperament,  &c.  live  on  the  same 
food,  prepared  in  the  same  manner. 

Experience  also  shows,  and  it  is  to  experience 
we  must  appeal  on  every  disputed  point,  that 
certain  medicines,  administered  in  the  same  dis- 
ease, to  individuals  of  different  age,  strength, 
temperament,  &c.  are  almost  uniformly  success- 
ful. For  instance,  drastic  purgatives  in  pain- 
ter's colic,  cinchona  in  intermittent  fever,  &c. 
Whence  it  follows,  on  the  one  hand,  that  a  per- 
fect, ideal  resemblance  is  not  necessary  to  the 
classification  of  facts  ;  and  on  the  other,  that  a 


59 

truly  efficacious  medicine  will  exercise  its  influ- 
ence in  spite  of  differences  in  those,  to  whom  it 
is  administered  ;  the  malady  itself  seeming  to  ef- 
face such  differences. 

With  regard  to  cinchona,  it  will  perhaps  be 
said  that  the  argument  is  not  conclusive ;  this 
medicine  having  been  administered  in  intermit- 
tent diseases.  But  of  what  importance  is  that 
consideration  ;  so  far  as  regards  the  subject  un- 
der discussion ;  since  the  patients,  to  whom  the 
cinchona  was  given,  offered  all  the  varieties  in 
respect  to  age,  sex,  temperament,  strength,  the 
period  of  the  disease,  &c.  &c. 

If  there  are  many  circumstances,  which  it  is  not 
necessary  to  regard,  in  making  a  general  esti- 
mate of  the  effects  of  the  therapeutic  agents  em- 
ployed in  the  treatment  of  painters'  colic  and  in 
that  of  intermittent  fevers  ;  one  may  also  disre- 
gard them  in  the  treatment  of  many  other  dis- 
eases. In  any  epidemic,  for  instance,  let  us  sup- 
pose five  hundred  of  the  sick,  taken  indiscrimin- 
ately, to  be  subjected  to  one  kind  of  treatment, 
and  five  hundred  others,  taken  in  the  same  man- 
ner, to  be  treated  in  a  different  mode  ;  if  the 
mortality  is  greater  among  the  first,  than  among 
the  second,  must  we  not  conclude  that  the  treat- 
ment was  less  appropriate,  or  less  efficacious 
in  the  first  class,  than  in  the  second  ?  It  is  una- 
voiriable  ;  for  among  so  large  a  collection,  simi- 


60 

larities  of  condition  will  necessarily  be  met  with, 
and  all  things  being  equal,  except  the  treatment, 
the  conclusion  will  be  rigorous.  In  this  manner 
has  the  treatment  of  Asiatic  Cholera  been  esti- 
mated ;  and  none,  unless  those  whose  reputations 
have  been  concerned,  have  thought  the  method 
a  bad  one.  Indeed  I  should  like  to  know  how 
we  should  proceed  to  satisfy  ourselves  on  this 
point  without  counting. 

Let  us  further  remark  that  the  objection  made 
to  the  numerical  method,  to  wit,  the  difficulty  or 
impossibility  of  forming  classes  of  similar  facts,  is 
alike  applicable  to  all  the  methods  that  might  be 
substituted  ;  that  it  is  impossible  to  appreciate 
each  case  with  mathematical  exactness,  and  it  is 
precisely  on  this  account  that  enumeration  becomes 
necessary  ;  by  so  doing,  the  errors,  (which  are  in- 
evitable,) being  the  same  in  two  groups  of  patients 
subjected  to  different  treatment,  mutually  compensate 
each  other,  and  they  may  be  disregarded  without 
sensibly  affecting  the  exactness  of  the  results. 

One  of  the  objections  made  to  the  numerical 
method  is  that  similar  facts  cannot  be  brought 
into  comparison,  because  there  is  great  difficulty 
in  determining  the  commencement  of  a  disease, 
and  an  impossibility  of  estimating  its  degree,  or 
violence  by  its  duration.  This  objection  might 
be  fully  answered  by  referring  to  preceding  re- 
marks on  this  head.  But  it  is  perhaps  better  to 


61 

reply  directly  and  briefly.  Without  doubt  it  is 
difficult  to  fix  the  period  of  the  commencement 
of  a  disease,  and  no  one  perhaps  has  insisted  on 
this  circumstance  more  strongly  than  myself. 
At  the  same  time  it  -is  not  impossible  to  decide 
this  point,  either  in  acute  or  chronic  diseases  ; 
if  we  except  some  few  patients  who  are  deficient 
in  intelligence  or  in  the  power  of  recollection  ; 
and  the  cases  of  all  such  should  be  set  aside  and 
regarded,  in  many  respects,  at  least,  as  of  no 
value.  And  it  is  also  perfectly  true,  that  it  is 
impossible  to  measure  the  degree  or  violence  of 
a  disease  by  its  duration.  But  who  has  said  that 
these  two  things  were  the  same,  and  always  pro- 
portioned to  one  another  ?  In  judging  of  the 
degree  of  a  disease,  can  we  not  rely  on  the  vio- 
lence of  the  febrile  action,  the  pain,  the  prostra- 
tion of  strength  ?  and  on  certain  symptoms  pe- 
culiar to  each  affection  ?  In  pneumonitis,  for  in- 
stance, on  the  dyspnoea,  or  the  results  of  auscul- 
tation and  of  percussion,  &c.  &c.  ? 

I  will  add,  that  it  is  still  more  difficult  to  fix 
exactly  the  period  of  termination  than  of  the  ac- 
cess of  a  disease  ;  this  however,  must  be  done, 
whatever  method  is  adopted  to  appreciate  thera- 
peutic agents  :  it  must  be  done  at  any  rate,  even 
if,  without  any  method  at  all,  one  should  be  con- 
fined to  a  vague  and  uncertain  interpretation, 
for  rigorous  it  cannot  be,  of  isolated  facts. 


\  62 

Upon  the  subject  of  bloodletting  in  particular, 
it  has  been  already  said  that  its  influence,  in  an 
absolute  sense,  cannot  be  estimated  any  more 
than  that  of  other  therapeutic  agents.  For  in- 
stance, the  patients  may  be  bled  in  the  middle, 
or  at  the  termination  of  a  pneumonitis  ;  this  dis- 
ease may  be  mild,  or  severe ;  the  abstraction  of 
blood  copious,  or  moderate ;  you  cannot  there- 
fore, it  is  added,  form  a  judgment  of  its  effect, 
whether  beneficial  or  injurious  ;  unless  you  have 
described  precisely  the  motives  for  having  re- 
course to  it,  and  have  pointed  out  exactly  the 
signs,  which  have  indicated  its  employment. 

If  by  motives  it  is  understood  that  no  thera- 
peutic agent  can  be  employed  with  hope  of  suc- 
cess, unless  the  case  can  be  recognised  as  anal- 
ogous to  others,  in  which  it  has  been  used  with 
advantage  ;  I  comprehend  the  proposition,  and 
view  it  in  the  same  light ;  it  is  simply  the  appli- 
cation of  experience  to  therapeutics.  But  if  by 
motives,  as  by  indications,  are  meant  merely  a 
priori  considerations  :  this  view  is  altogether  hy- 
pothetical ;  it  is  a  kind  of  experiment,  founded 
on  what  are  called  rational  views,  which  should 
be  resorted  to  only  for  want  of  a  better  guide  in 
case  experience  has  not  instructed  us  ;  and  I  re- 
pel it  with  all  my  strength. 

The  foundation,  upon  which  I  think  it  possible 
to  establish  the  value  of  therapeutic  agents,  has 


63  / 

appeared  so  insecure  to  many  others,  that  they 
are  astonished  at  the  excess  of  my  confidence  ; 
it  has  been  thought  that  I  should  have  escaped 
from  error  if  I  had  first  of  all  sought  to  make 
myself  master  of  the  spirit  of  mathematical 
science.  What  is  the  calculus,  it  has  been 
said.  A  method,  which  strikes  off  all  differences 
in  the  objects  to  which  it  is  applied,  in  order  to 
transform  those  objects  into  abstract  and  abso- 
lute quantities.1 

1  This  and  the  preceding  objections  have  been  brought  forward 
anew  by  a  physician,  whose  name  I  shall  not  quote  for  fear  of  the 
imputation  of  revenge,  and  this  I  am  far  from  entertaining.  This 
physician  has  said  "  By  invoking  the  inflexibility  of  arithmetic, 
in  order  to  escape  the  encroachments  of  the  imagination,  one 
commits  an  outrage  upon  good  sense ;  as  if  it  were  possible  to 
heap  together  flowers,  houses  and  birds,  and  to  derive  from  the 
medley,  fish  and  fruits ! "  In  other  words,  to  subjoin  to  one  case 
of  pneumonitis,  another  of  the  same  affection,  apparently  as  severe, 
occurring  in  individuals  apparently  under  similar  circumstances, 
but  which  may  differ  a  little  in  fact ;  this  is  the  same  thing  as  the 
bringing  together  of  flowers  and  houses  !  What  sort  of  readers 
does  the  author  think  he  is  addressing  ? 

Following  this  objection  are  two  others,  which  are  analogous, 
and  refute  themselves. 

That  the  numerical  method  should  have  opponents  is  natural, 
and  was  easily  foreseen  ;  for  what  proposition  is  there,  except  an 
axiom,  which  is  adopted  unanimously  ?  Fortunately  for  the  pro- 
gress of  science,  the  numerical  method  is  considered  by  the  most 
judicious  and  experienced  men,  as  a  necessary  instrument  for 
establishing  general  principles  in  medicine ;  and  attacks  on  it 
will  be  futile ;  for  the  only  auxiliary  will  be  the  repugnance 
unfortunately  so  natural,  to  great  and  continued  labor:  and  it 
will  be  sufficient  to  ensure  the  progress  of  science  that  this  repug- 


64 

To  this  I  reply  that  the  calculus,  as  I  employ 
it,  does  not  efface  differences  :  it  supposes  them; 
it  limits  itself  to  combining  similar  unities  in  or- 
der to  compare  them  with  parallel  unities,  these 
being  subjected  to  somewhat  different  influences ; 
that  if,  after  all,  as  has  been  before  remarked,  it 
should  sometimes  be  necessary  that  facts  should 
be  combined,  which  are  not  strictly  similar  ;  the 
error  will  be  distributed  through  the  different 
groups  or  classes  of  facts,  and  will  be  equalized  ; 
so  that  a  comparison  can  be  instituted  between 
several  groups  without  altering  the  result. 

In  fine,  it  is  by  the  results  that  the  value  of 
methods  is  to  be  appreciated  ;  men  have  for  ages 
devoted  themselves  to  therapeutics,  and  the 
science  is  still  in  its  infancy.  Some  course  must 
be  pursued  different  from  that,  which  has  been 
hitherto.  Able  men  have  never  been  wanting  to 
science  ;  and  it  is  to  the  method  pursued,  or 
rather  to  the  want  of  method,  that  we  must  at- 
tribute the  actual  state  of  therapeutics.  Let  us 
bestow  upon  observation  the  care  and  time  which 
it  demands  ;  let  the  facts  be  rigorously  analyzed 
in  order  to  a  just  appreciation  of  them  ;  and  it 


nnnce  be  overcome  by  some  individuals  of  industrious  habits. 
I  will  add,  that  the  necessity  of  the  numerical  method  can  be 
completely  demonstrated  only  ^by  the  objections  of  its  oppo- 
nents; it  will  in  truth  be  established  by  their  labors. 


65 


is  impossible  to  attain  this  without  classifying  and 
counting  them  ;  and  then  therapeutics  will  ad- 
vance not  less  steadily  than  other  branches  of 
science. 

Hitherto  there  has  been  so  much  fluctuation 
in  medicine  ;  results,  (as  they  have  been  called) 
so  variable,  so  often  belied  by  the  facts  ;  so  sel- 
dom has  experience  verified  what  is  found  in 
books,  that  it  will  perhaps  be  said  that  the 
science,  which  by  my  figures  I  render  so  cer- 
tain, this  science  will  desert  the  practitioner  by 
the  bedside.  Without  doubt  science  will  desert 
the  physician,  who  makes  an  improper  applica- 
tion of  it  ;  but  how  could  it  abandon  him,  if  he 
employs  it  with  discernment ;  science,  true  sci- 
ence, I  mean,  being  but  a  summary  of  particular 
facts.  In  proof  of  the  truth  of  these  proposi- 
tions I  would  remind  the  reader  of  the  results, 
which  I  arrived  at  by  the  numerical  method,  six 
years  ago,  with  regard  to  the  effect  of  blood- 
letting in  acute  diseases  ;  and  that  these  results 
have  been  since  confirmed  by  the  analysis  of 
new  facts  collected  at  the  Hospital  of  la  Pitie. 
I  will  add  that  an  industrious  young  physician, 
M.  Bachelier,  published  in  1832,  in  his  inau- 
gural dissertation,  a  series  of  facts,  which  con- 
firm all  that  I  have  said  and  observed  on  the 
subject  of  bloodletting  ;  and  as  this  cannot  be 
considered  an  accidental  coincidence,  it  decides 
9 


66 

incontrovertibly  in  favor  of  the  method,  which 
leads  to  such  results. 

The  objections  made  to  the  numerical  method, 
as  applied  to  therapeutics,  are  then  unfounded. 
Therapeutics  cannot  advance  without  it.  To  say 
that  this  method  is  not  necessary,  in  order  to 
study  this  subject  with  certain  advantage,  is  to 
deny  the  necessity  of  grouping  facts  according  to 
their  resemblances,  and  then  of  numbering  them 
in  order  to  give  an  account  of  the  action  of  thera- 
peutic agents  :  for  in  truth,  counting  has  no  other 
object.  Besides,  such  a  denial  betrays  excessive 
prejudice  and  a  forgetfulness  of  what  is  done  in 
common  affairs.  Indeed  when  physicians  are 
called  to  attend  on  a  patient,  if  after  having 
agreed  upon  the  character  and  kind  of  disease, 
one  of  them  differs  from  his  colleagues  in  regard 
to  the  treatment  proposed,  what  does  he  do  to 
sustain  his  views  ?  He  does  not  trust  (I  refer  to 
practitioners  of  experience)  to  theoretical  argu- 
ments, to  a  priori  considerations,  for  these  would 
never  produce  conviction  in  any  one  ;  but,  he 
urges  the  preference  of  his  own  plan,  on  the 
ground  that  he  has  seen  it  more  often  successful 
than  any  other  proposed.  That  is  to  say,  —  he 
reasons  as  if  he  had  counted  ;  although  without 
having  done  so,  I  agree  ;  and  this  reasoning  is  a 
tacit  avowal,  or  proof  that  one  cannot  determine 
the  operation  of  a  therapeutic  agent  without  in- 


67 


quiring  whether,  if  administered  under  stated 
conditions,  and  such  as  are  apparently  similar, 
it  has  not  been  more  often  successful  than  any 
other. 

It  will  be  said,  perhaps,  that  the  method  in 
question,  although  it  may  enable  us  to  show, 
generally,  that  this  or  that  medicine  is  better 
than  another,  does  not  show  why  a  certain  indi- 
vidual, affected  with  pneumonitis  for  example,  and 
treated  just  like  his  neighbor,  who  is  apparently 
in  the  same  condition :  it  does  not  show,  it  is 
said,  why  the  former  recovers  more  slowly  than 
the  latter.  To  this  I  reply,  that  the  advantage 
derived  from  the  numerical  method  is  very  great, 
and  cannot  be  obtained  from  any  other  ;  but 
that,  when  certain  patients,  who  were  thought  to 
be  under  similar  circumstances,  and  who  are 
treated  in  the  same  manner,  recover  health  after 
Very  unequal  periods  of  disease,  this  must  be  at- 
tributed to  a  want  of  such  an  exact  resemblance 
in  the  cases,  as  they  had  been  thought  to  pos* 
sess  ;  and  this  is  only  another  reason  for  study- 
ing the  sick  with  great  care,  the  more  exactly  to 
ascertain  the  points  of  similarity  and  dissimilarity 
among  them.  But  in  order  to  know  whether  the 
dissimilarities  are  as  important,  as  we  are  inclined 
to  consider  them,  whether  they  have  in  fact  a 
marked  influence  upon  the  action  of  therapeutic 
agents,  whether  they  explain  the  difference  in 


68 


duration  of  diseases  ;  it  is  obviously  necessary  to 
arrange  on  one  side,  all  the  cases  in  which  dis- 
similarities, not  noticed  at  first  view,  wrere  found 
to  exist :  on  the  other,  the  cases  in  which  they 
do  not  exist :  to  count  both  lists  :  and  if  the  du- 
ration of  disease  in  each  patient  on  the  same  list 
presents  differences  less  than  those  in  question, 
add  these  durations,  take  the  average,  and  com- 
pare it  with  the  other  list.  In  other  words,  we 
must  still  count.  It  is  clear  that  until  similar 
facts  have  been  thus  brought  together,  counted, 
&c.  there  is  scarcely  a  probability  in  favor  of 
this  or  that  opinion. 

Yes,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  say  it,  and  the  atten- 
tive reader  will  unite  with  me  in  the  conviction  : 
between  him  who  counts  his  facts,  grouped  ac- 
cording to  their  resemblance,  in  order  to  learn 
what  value  he  can  attach  to  therapeutic  agents, 
and  him  who  does  not  count,  but  who  contents 
himself  with  repeating  more  or  less,  rarely  or  fre- 
quently ;  there  is  the  difference  of  truth  and 
error  ;  of  a  thing  clear  and  truly  scientific  on 
one  hand,  and  of  something  vague  and  worthless 
on  the  other  :  for  what  place  can  be  assigned  in 
science  to  that  which  is  uncertain  ? 

No  one  denies  the  necessity  of  a  large  body 
of  facts,  in  order  to  decide  upon  the  best  treat- 
ment of  any  disease  whatsoever ;  but  of  what 
service  are  these  facts  if  they  are  not  enumerated  1 


69 

Still  further  objections  are  raised  :  it  is  urged 
in  opposition  to  the  numerical  method,  that  the 
amount  of  facts,  upon  which  it  operates,  is  always 
limited ;  and  that  to  be  as  valuable  in  all  respects, 
as  it  is  thought  to  be  by  its  friends,  it  should  be 
employed  upon  a  much  larger  body  of  cases  than 
a  single  observer  can  collect.  But  this  very  ob- 
jection is  one  of  the  strongest  arguments  in  its 
favor  ;  since,  as  each  practitioner  counts,  limited 
numbers  added  to  limited  numbers,  will  at  last 
produce  such  considerable  results,  as  not  only  to 
determine  the  law,  but  to  present  it  in  a  form  of 
arithmetical  exactness. 

We  are  constantly  told  of  the  experience  of 
ages  in  medicine  ;  but  how  can  this  experience 
ever  be  embodied,  if  those  who  write,  instead  of 
saying  I  have  seen  so  many  and  so  many  times, 
merely  say  I  have  often  seen,  or  seldom  seen  ? 
By  determinate  observations  the  experience  of 
one  man  can  be  added  to  that  of  another  man. 
But  how  can  the  experience  of  one  who  says 
more,  less,  rarely  or  frequently,  be  added  to  that 
of  another,  who  in  like  manner  says,  more  or  less 
rarely,  more  or  less  frequently  ?  Suppose  thou- 
sands of  authors  to  have  proceeded  in  this  man- 
ner, it  is  as  if  there  had  been  but  one  :  and  in 
many  respects,  as  if  there  had  been  none  at  all. 
If  then  there  is  a  means  of  embodying  the  experi- 
ence of  ages,  it  is  the  numerical  method. 


70 

This  proposition  will  undoubtedly  soon  be 
the  current  opinion  ;  and  then  we  shall  hear  no 
more  of  medical  tact,  of  a  kind  of  divining  pow- 
er of  physicians.  No  treatise  whatsoever  will 
continue  to  be  the  sole  development  of  an  idea, 
or  a  romance ;  but  an  analysis  of  a  more  or  less 
extensive  series  of  exact,  detailed  facts  ;  to  the 
end  that  answers  may  be  furnished  to  all  possi- 
ble questions :  and  then,  and  not  till  then,  can 
therapeutics  become  a  science. 

Let  us  finish  what  remains  of  this  examina- 
tion by  a  rapid  glance  at  some  monographs  on 
the  subject  of  bloodletting.  A  few  quotations 
will  be  sufficient  to  show  the  course  that  has 
been  pursued ;  and  will  inform  us  whether  any 
one  of  the  numerous  points  discussed,  has  been 
decisively  settled  by  them;  and  whether  the 
method  I  have  laid  down  is  not  the  only  one, 
which  would  have  decided  the  questions  in  de- 
bate. The  works,  to  which  I  would  for  a  mo- 
ment direct  the  reader's  attention,  are  those  of 
Quesnay,  Fauchier,  Freteau,  Vieusseux,  and 
M.  Poliniere. 

Quesnay1  begins  by  remarking  that  experience 


1  Traite  des  effete  et  de  1'usage  de  la  saignee,  une  vol.  in  12mo. 
1770. 


71 


shows  in  the  main  the  utility  of  bloodletting  in 
many  diseases ;  but  that  experience  is  so  equivo- 
cal as  to  the  success  of  this  remedy,  that  prac- 
titioners think  differently  in  different  cases ;  that 
all  nevertheless  appeal  to  experience,  in  sup- 
port of  their  different  opinions,  and  of  the  theo- 
ries which  they  have  framed  to  account  for  the 
effects  of  bloodletting,  &c.  &c.  (page  2). 

These  remarks,  which  were  true  in  the  days 
of  Quesnay,  are  unfortunately  so  at  the  present 
day.  But  instead  of  searching  for  the  deficien- 
cies of  experience,  if  one  would  not  dignify  with 
the  title  of  experience  something,  which  does 
not  in  the  least  resemble  it,  or  which  is  nothing 
but  its  shadow;  the  author  concludes  merely  by 
saying,  "  that  experience  which  conducts  us  in 
the  dark  regions  of  practice,  is  a  faithless  guide 
(page  3  and  4) ;  that  if  our  knowledge  on  the 
subject  of  bloodletting  is  indefinite,  and  uncer- 
tain, it  is  because  the  ideas  we  have  entertained 
in  respect  to  its  general  and  primary  effects, 
have  been  very  vague  and  obscure."  (p.  5). 

With  these  views,  he  consequently  endeavors 
to  show,  by  a  multitude  of  arguments,  which 
have  no  other  foundation  than  some  facts  noted 
in  a  physical  order,  that  the  primitive  effects  of 
bloodletting,  upon  which  all  its  influence  de- 
pends, may  be  reduced  to  three  ;  evacuation, 
spoliation,  and  dimotion :  from  hence  numerous 


72 


indications  follow,  still  less  to  be  depended  upon, 
than  the  blind  experience  of  practitioners,  which 
Quesnay  treats  with  so  much  contempt.  There 
is  not  a  shadow  of  direct  demonstration;  we 
might  suppose  that  he  would  have  thought  him- 
self disgraced  by  attempting  it.  And  we  are 
not  astonished  that  after  having  denied  revul- 
sion and  derivation,  in  his  view  of  the  general 
effects  of  bloodletting,  without  deigning  to  refer 
to  facts  ;  we  are  not  astonished  at  the  sort  of 
fatuity  with  which  he  cries,  "  The  discovery  of 
the  circulation  of  the  blood  has  dissipated  the 
chimeras,  which  led  the  great  masters  into  error. 
A  more  rigorous  examination  of  the  laws  of  the 
circulation  will  finally  scatter  the  prejudices, 
which  have  hitherto  been  entertained,  respect- 
ing derivative  and  revulsive  bleeding." 

This  is  not  the  place  to  inquire  whether  the 
revulsive  or  derivative  effects,  attributed  to 
bleeding,  are  real  or  imaginary;  but  all  will 
agree,  that  an  appeal  to  the  laws  of  the  circu- 
lation for  a  decision  on  this  point,  is  a  proceed- 
ing entirely  opposite  to  that  required  in  the 
sciences,  where  theory,  or  general  principles, 
must  of  necessity  be  deduced  from  particular 
facts.  Unfortunately,  Quesnay  has  no  other 
method,  and  certainly  the  incomplete  experi- 
ence of  practitioners  cannot  take  rank  below 
his  assertions. 


73 


Besides  we  find  that  the  doctrines  of  revulsion 
and  of  derivation  have  not  been  neglected  by  any 
of  the  authors  above  mentioned  ;  all  have  touched 
upon  them  ;  Poliniere  and  Fauchier  deny  them  ; 
Freteau  and  Vieusseux  admit  them. 

Amidst  this  conflict  of  opposite  opinions,  how 
shall  the  question  be  satisfactorily  settled  ?  Not 
in  the  least  degree  by  following  the  example  of 
the  above  named  authors  :  not  by  denying  the 
doctrine  a  priori,  as  Quesnay  and  Fauchier  have 
done  ;  nor  by  citing  some  cases  in  support  of 
them,  after  the  manner  of  their  antagonists  ; 
since  one  may  cite  on  the  other  side  such  as 
would  favor  an  opposite  doctrine.  But  by  col- 
lecting the  greatest  possible  number  of  facts, 
taken  indiscriminately,  provided  they  are  exact ; 
these  facts  being  all  of  them  relative  to  patients 
under  the  same  affection  ;  some  of  whom  shall 
have  been  bled,  the  nearest  possible  to  the  seat 
of  the  disease  ;  others,  at  the  point  most  distant 
from  it  ;  by  analyzing  all  the  facts  ;  by  carefully 
estimating  the  age,  sex,  and  strength  of  the  indi- 
viduals ;  and  then  seeing  if,  in  a  certain  number 
bled  near  the  part  affected,  the  disease  has  made 
more  favorable  and  rapid  progress  ;  or,  on  the 
other  hand,  has  more  often  terminated  fatally, 
than  in  another  group  bled  at  a  point  the  most 
distant  from  the  seat  of  disease.  Having  once 
completed  the  analysis,  the  question  will  be  de- 
10  ' 


74 

cided,  provided  the  facts  are  sufficiently  nu- 
merous. Indeed,  how  can  the  problem  be  clearly 
solved  in  any  other  way? 

Fauchier,1  whose  work  on  the  indications  of 
bleeding  was  crowned  by  the  Medical  Society  at 
Tubingen,  in  1807  ;  Fauchier,  after  having 
stated  the  main  points  which  he  proposes  to  dis- 
cuss, remarks  that  they  all  belong  to  clinical 
medicine  ;  that  they  should  all  for  this  reason  be 
decided  by  experience  alone,  (page  12).  And, 
some  pages  beyond,  forgetting  this  profession  of 
faith,  he  denies  the  doctrines  of  derivation  and  re- 
vulsion, because  he  believes  them  not  to  be  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  laws  of  the  circulation,  (page 
21).  That  is  to  say,  he  follows  the  course  of 
Qnesnay,  who,  at  least,  justly  appreciated,  what 
the  physicians  of  his  time  called  experience  ; 
whilst  Fauchier,  thinking  that  experience  suf- 
ficient, contents  himself  with  being  its  echo ; 
giving,  almost  exclusively,  as  precepts,  the  most 
commonly  received  practice  of  his  time  ;  for  his 
work  is  in  truth  nothing  else.  Yet,  this  work, 
(and  let  us  not  forget  it,  for  it  shows  the  spirit  of 
the  time,)  this  work  was  crowned  by  a  Medical 
Society.  Moreover,  as  if  to  remove  all  kind  of 
doubt  in  regard  to  his  views  of  experience,  as 

1  Nouvelles  indications  de  la  saign^e,  1  vol.  8vo. 


75 

applied  to  therapeutics,  Fauchier  endeavors, 
after  the  example  of  Quesnay,  to  determine  the 
general  effects  of  bleeding  ;  and  he  concludes 
from  his  researches,  that  the  cases  in  which  we 
must  employ  bloodletting,  are  these  :  first,  where 
there  is  plethora  ;  second,  where  there  is  too 
great  frequency  and  excess  of  strength  in  the 
contractions  of  the  heart ;  third,  where  there  is 
a  depraved  tension  of  the  solids  ;  fourth,  where 
there  is  excess  of  strength  ;  fifth,  where  there  is 
increased  heat,  (page  70). 

These  principles  being  laid  down,  the  author 
deduces  from  them,  without  difficulty,  the  cases 
in  which  bleeding  should  be  practised  ;  this  is 
an  error  at  the  outset,  as  I  have  already  remarked 
with  regard  to  Quesnay.  For  in  sciences  of  ob- 
servation, general  principles  can  be  the  result 
only  of  particular  facts,  sufficiently  and  properly 
estimated  ;  so  that,  in  order  to  determine,  gen- 
erally, the  cases  in  which  bloodletting  is  appli- 
cable, Fauchier  should  have  begun  by  investi- 
gating its  effects  in  each  particular  disease  ;  not 
indeed,  in  a  careless  manner,  but  rigorously  ; 
an  immense  labor,  which  would  demand  the  lives 
of  many  industrious  men. 

We  feel  besides  that  a  man,  who  places  so 
much  confidence  in  a  priori  considerations,  will 
not  be  very  exact  in  respect  to  particular  facts. 
Thus  Fauchier,  after  having  combated  generally 


76 

the  opinions  of  the  few  physicians,  who  reject 
bloodletting  in  certain  cases,  in  which  he  thinks 
if  necessary,  Fauchier,  to  support  his  own  views, 
quotes  the  following  facts,  which  I  relate  without 
abridging  them : 

"So,  because  Madame  C.  J.,  attacked  with 
pneumonitis  truly  inflammatory,  was  seventy 
years  of  age,  her  physician  refuses  to  bleed  her, 
and  she  dies  on  the  fourth  day.  G.  J.  having 
the  same  disease,  was  not  bled,  because  the  phy- 
sician was  not  called  until  the  fifth  day  ;  and  the 
disease  terminated  by  a  vomica.  A  lady,  at- 
tacked with  an  inflammatory  sore  throat,  is  not 
bled,  or  only  a  very  little,  because  the  catamenia 
were  present  ;  and  she  dies  suffocated  !"  &;c.  &c. 
(page  169).  What  facts!  What  logic!  For 
we  see  every  day  persons,  who  have  been  very 
copiously  bled,  die  of  inflammation  ;  and  in  order 
that  the  quotations  of  Fauchier  should  be  of  any 
value,  supposing  his  diagnosis  exact,  it  would  be 
requisite  that  the  antiphlogistic  treatment,  more 
or  less  energetic,  should  be  infallibly  successful 
in  cases  of  inflammation. 

In  a  subsequent  part  of  his  work,  touching  the 
indications  of  yellow  fever,  the  author  says,  "if 
all  those,  who  have  seen  yellow  fever,  were  agreed 
concerning  its  course,  its  symptoms,  its  effects  ; 
we  might  then  understand  its  nature  and  decide 
upon  the  adoption  or  rejection  of  bloodletting/' 


77. 

&c.  (page  212).  That  is  to  say,  Fauchier  pro- 
ceeds in  the  whole  course  of  his  work,  a  priori, 
as  has  been  done,  even  to  this  day,  by  the  most 
able  men,  who  have  considered  therapeutics  as 
a  simple  corollary  of  pathology.  And  what  has 
been  the  result  of  it  ?  That,  to  this  day,  physi- 
cians remain  divided  upon  important  questions, 
such  as  derivation  and  revulsion  ;  questions 
which  they  principally  endeavor  to  resolve,  by 
the  method  of  induction  or  a  priori  ;  and  that 
they  scarcely  agree,  except  on  points  which  are 
admitted  without  any  examination,  or  as  estab- 
lished by  long  usage,  which  has  nothing  to  re- 
commend it  but  time. 

Freteau1  proceeds  no  otherwise  than  his  pre- 
decessors ;  his  point  of  departure  is  the  same. 
Like  them,  he  makes  the  indications  of  bleeding, 
in  each  disease,  to  result  from  its  general  effects, 
which  he  thinks  he  has  determined.  An  excel- 
lent method  if  essay-making  were  the  object,  but 
which  brings  us  to  the  infancy  of  therapeutics  : 
since  it  can  conduct  only  to  probabilities,  and  not 
to  certain  results. 

However,  one  of  the  first  precepts  of  the  au- 
thor is,  that  the  movements  of  nature  must 

1  Traite  ttemenlaire  sur  Vemploi  raisonne  ft  methodique  des  emis- 
sions sanquines,  avec  application  des  principes  a  chaque  maladie  ; 
ouvrage  couronn6  par  la  Soctete  de  M6decine  de  Paris,  le  5 
Juillet.  1814. 


78 

be  followed.  But  the  justice  of  this  precept, 
which  physicians  have  transmitted  from  age  to 
age,  is  in  this  way  no  better  demonstrated,  than 
if  he  had  not  stated  it.  (page  9).  For  if  it  means 
any  thing,  it  undoubtedly  is  this,  that  if  hemor- 
rhage, for  example,  takes  place  in  any  affection 
whatever,  we  must  seek  to  renew  it  by  the  same 
channels,  or  to  establish  it  artificially.  But  in 
order  that  the  utility  of  this  practice  should  be, 
I  will  not  say,  demonstrated,  but  simply  proba- 
ble ;  it  would  have  been  necessary  to  show,  not 
by  a  few  facts,  but  by  a  very  considerable  series, 
that  patients  in  whom  this  hemorrhage  occurred, 
recovered  sooner,  or  in  greater  numbers,  all  else 
being  equal,  than  those  in  whom  it  did  not  occur. 
And  where  is  this  demonstration  found  ?  But 
suppose  it  admitted,  we  should,  as  I  have  just 
said,  only  have  probabilities  concerning  the  effi- 
cacy of  bloodletting.  For,  who  can  affirm, 
without  experience,  that  the  effect,  resulting  from 
a  loss  of  blood  by  the  lancet  or  by  leeches,  will 
be  exactly  the  same  as  that  by  a  spontaneous 
hemorrhage  ?  Have  not  the  authors,  who  have 
inculcated  the  precept  under  examination,  them- 
selves said  that  a  few  drops  of  blood  from  the 
nose  were  often  followed  with  more  relief  than 
copious  bleedings  ? 

After  having  combated  the  objections  made 
to  the  doctrine  of  derivation  and  revulsion,  we 


79 

shall  develop,  says  Freteau,  a  large  body  of 
rules,  founded  upon  the  most  respectable  au- 
thorities, and  which  moreover  are  adapted  to 
reconcile  all  opinions,  (page  19). 

The  reader  will  be  astonished,  undoubtedly, 
that  in  the  nineteenth  century,  authority  could 
have  been  invoked,  in  a  science  of  observation  ; 
without  remarking  that  that,  which  we  call  expe- 
rience, even  now,  is  nothing  but  authority.  In 
fact,  to  what  authorities  do  those,  most  cele- 
brated for  the  wisdom  of  their  precepts,  refer, 
unless  it  be  to  the  practice  of  their  predeces- 
sors, the  superiority  of  which  is  by  no  means 
proved ;  and  the  consequent  results  cannot  there- 
fore be  considered,  those  of  experience,  properly 
so  called.  For  true  experience  in  medicine,  as 
I  have  elsewhere  remarked,  (and  as  any  one 
may  be  convinced,  by  what  has  preceded,)  true 
experience  in  medicine  can  result  only  from  the 
exact  analysis  of  numerous  facts,  well  ascer- 
tained, classed  according  to  their  resemblance, 
compared  with  care  and  counted.  And  of  how 
many  diseases  has  the  treatment  been  thus  inves- 
tigated? Let  us  not  forget  it  then  in  future  :  if 
the  experience,  so  justly  scorned  by  Quesnay,  is 
an  uncertain  guide  in  practice,  it  is  that  it  pos- 
sesses nothing  of  true  experience  but  the  name ; 
that  it  is,  in  truth,  only  the  common  usage,  not 
justified  by  rigorous  observation ;  authority,  in  a 
word. 


80 

As  the  word  experience,  ill  defined,  has  been 
an  unanswerable  argument  for  many  physicians ; 
it  has  been  the  same  with  the  word  success. 
Thus,  in  speaking  of  the  period  at  which  we 
must  bleed,  Freteau  cries,  "  Baillon,  Riverius, 
Sydenham,  &c.  have  imitated  the  example  of 
Hippocrates,  and  obtained  success  !  "  (page  26). 
But  how  has  this  success  been  demonstrated;  in 
other  words,  how  has  it  been  proved  that  the 
duration  and  mortality  of  a  disease  have  been 
less  under  one  method  of  treatment  than  under 
another? 

Too  often,  it  must  be  confessed,  by  the  method 
of  Freteau,  who  himself  believes  it  possible  to 
demonstrate  the  ill  effects  of  excessive  blood- 
letting, by  such  facts  as  the  following:  "  Casi- 
mir  Medicus  relates  that,  bloodletting  having 
been  employed  towards  the  end  of  an  acute 
fever,  an  cedema  of  the  feet  supervened,  which 
resisted  every  remedy."  (page  10).  One  would 
say,  that  many  authors  considered  facts  only  as 
a  sort  of  luxury,  to  be  used  as  seldom  as  possi- 
ble ;  and  when  they  are  used,  the  facts,  which 
seem  to  indicate  their  love  of  truth,  really  amount 
to  nothing.  For  supposing  a  fact  well  ascer- 
tained, accompanied  with  all  the  circumstances, 
all  the  details  which  make  it  valuable,  suppos- 
ing it  to  prove  anything,  to  be  a  sure  guide  to, 
general  principles  ;  what  can  be  done  with 
statements  like  those  just  cited  ;  where  the  au- 


81 

thor  states  neither  the  age  of  the  patient,  the 
period  at  which  bloodletting  was  employed,  the 
duration  of  the  disease,  the  means  used  in  con- 
junction with  bloodletting,  nor  the  condition  of 
the  organs  at  the  commencement  of  the  disease, 
&c.  &c. 

Let  me  not  be  charged  with  exaggeration; 
for  even  at  the  present  time,  particular  observa- 
tions are  held  valuable  only  in  proportion  to  their 
brevity  :  and  it  is  for  this  quality,  chiefly,  that 
facts  transmitted  from  the  ancients  are  so  much 
admired.  I  will  add,  that  the  bare  idea  of 
proving,  in  pathology  and  therapeutics,  accord- 
ing to  the  practice  at  the  present  day,  by  select- 
ed observations,  even  when  sufficiently  detailed; 
that  this  bare  idea  shows  that  the  science  of 
medicine  is  not  considered  by  physicians,  as 
they  say  it  is,  to  depend  entirely  upon  observa- 
tion. Otherwise  they  would  seek  for  truth  in  all 
the  facts  at  their  disposal,  provided  they  were 
exact ;  lest  by  omitting  any,  they  should  arrive 
at  false  results  :  as  in  the  physical  sciences,  one 
is  cautious  in  suppressing  any  of  the  data  of  the 
problem  to  be  solved,  being  well  convinced  that 
such  suppression  would  render  its  solution  either 
impossible,  or  false. 

On  account  of  the  immediate  communication 
of  hemorrhoidal  veins  with  those  of  the  abdo- 
men and  pelvis,  the  application  of  leeches  to  the 
11 


82 


anus  and  parts  adjacent  has  important  advanta- 
ges, according  to  our  author,  in  embarrassment, 
or  inflammation  of  the  viscera,  &c.  (page  73). 
That  is  to  say,  it  is  the  common  practice :  and, 
as  if  the  mere  statement  of  it  were  sufficient, 
Freteau  does  not  trouble  himself  to  prove  its 
truth. 

Most  certainly  the  purely  anatomical  consid- 
erations, upon  which  this  author  relies,  might 
and  ought  to  warrant  a  trial  of  the  application 
of  leeches  to  the  anus,  under  the  circumstances 
stated:  but,  until  decided  by  experience,  the 
utility  of  the  trial  was  problematical.  We  need 
then  the  result  of  experience  on  this  subject  to 
convince  us,  to  prove  clearly  the  utility  of  the 
practice  in  question  ;  but  it  should  be  that  true 
experience,  which  I  have  described  :  that  is  to 
say,  it  should  show  by  exact  facts,  rigorously 
analyzed  and  counted,  that  the  diseases  in  ques- 
tion were  cured  more  frequently  and  speedily  by 
applying  leeches  to  the  anus,  than  by  applying 
them  elsewhere.  Up  to  this  point,  the  author's 
precepts  are  bare  assertions,  and  it  is  because 
the  precepts  of  the  present  day  in  therapeutics 
are  chiefly  made  up  of  assertions,  that  theory  is 
said  with  so  much  truth,  to  differ  essentially 
from  practice. 

By  the  same  a  priori  considerations,  the  au- 
thor still  further  indicates  the  cases,  in  which 


83 

leeches  are  preferable  to  venesection,  (pages  94, 
96)  ;  so  that  in  his  estimation,  presumption, 
probability,  indication  and  demonstration,  are 
synonymous  terms. 

It  would  be  idle  to  make  any  more  extensive 
quotations  from  Freteau,  in  order  to  judge  of  his 
method  ;  and  I  conclude  with  what  he  has  said 
concerning  pleurisy.  It  is  asked  whether  a  pa- 
tient suffering  pleurisy  shall  be  bled  from  the 
arm,  or  from  the  foot  ;  and  on  which  side,  the 
affected,  or  the  opposite.  "  Opinions,"  says  he, 
"  have  been  hitherto  divided  on  this  point  ;  but 
the  voice  of  experience  seems  at  last  to  have  de- 
clared in  favor  of  the  doctrines  of  derivation  and 
revulsion.  Therefore,  confirmed  pleurisy  de- 
mands derivative  bloodletting  ;  that  is  to  say, 
from  the  arm  of  the  painful  side.  The  practice 
of  Triller  may  serve  as  a  guide  in  this  particular. 
In  the  sixth  of  his  reported  observations,  he  com- 
ments upon  a  violent  pleurisy  of  the  right  side, 
which  had  existed  with  severity  for  three  days  ; 
blood  was  abstracted  from  the  left  arm  which  was 
not  indicated.  Triller  bled  the  patient  from  the 
right  arm  and  all  went  well/'  (page  235). 
Then  follow  two  other  observations  of  the  same 
kind.  The  author's  mind  is  so  preoccupied  with 
Triller's  doctrines,  that  he  does  not  perceive  that 
two  bleedings  may  be  more  efficacious  than  a 
single  one;  and  he  draws  a  conclusion  in  favor 


84 

of  Triller's  doctrine.  But,  supposing  the  doc- 
trine true,  is  a  proposition  in  medicine  to  be  es- 
tablished by  two  facts;  especially  when  those 
facts  admit  of  two  different  explanations  ?  The 
question  as  to  where  bloodletting  should  be  per- 
formed in  pleurisy,  it  is  evident,  can  be  decided 
only  by  the  method  we  have  before  laid  down. 

The  course  of  Vieusseux1  is  like  that  of  the 
authors  we  have  criticised.  After  their  example, 
he  states  in  the  first  place  its  general  effects, 
and  thence  deduces  the  indications  for  bleeding 
in  particular  cases. 

He  begins  his  review  of  the  diseases,  in  which 
he  thinks  bloodletting  indicated,  with  those  of 
the  head  ;  confining  himself,  on  this  subject,  to 
simple  precepts  ;  repeating  what  others  have 
said,  as  if  unimportant  customs,  and  not  a  science, 
were  the  object  of  his  studies. 

Speaking  of  epilepsy,  he  says,  "  I  have  almost 
always  used  leeches  at  intervals,"  (to  the  anus 
undoubtedly),  "and  with  success."  (page  63). 
To  this  an  answer  readily  presents  itself;  if  you 
are  sure  that  you  have  treated  epilepsy  more 
successfully  with  leeches,  than  without  them,  it 
must  be,  because,  other  things  being  equal,  you 


1  De  la  saignee  et  de  son  usage  dans  la  plupart  des  maladies,  par 
Vieusseux,  8vo.     1805. 


85 


have  cured  a  greater  number  of  epileptics  with 
them,  than  without  them.  If  so,  you  must  have 
counted  the  cases  ;  and  why  do  you  not  state 
the  number  ?  It  would  not  have  made  your 
book  much  more  voluminous  ;  and  we  should 
have  demonstration  in  place  of  mere  assertion. 

"In  croup/'  says  Vieusseux,  "bloodletting 
should  be  prompt,  because  the  affection  is  among 
the  most  rapid  in  its  progress.  The  disease 
should  be  prevented  :  for,  when  once  developed,  it 
is  rarely  cured. "  It  must  be  prevented  !  No 
doubt  it  is  very  desirable  to  prevent  diseases  ; 
but,  in  order  to  know  what  reliance  can  be  placed 
on  our  means  of  prevention,  it  would  be  requi- 
site, in  the  first  instance,  that  the  premonitory 
symptoms  should  be  pointed  out  so  clearly,  as  to 
leave  no  room  for  doubt.  And  who  possesses 
such  a  knowledge  of  the  premonitory  signs  of 
croup  1  With  regard  to  preventives  in  this  dis- 
ease, the  only  proof  of  their  efficacy  would  be 
that  in  an  epidemic,  all  other  things  equal,  more 
of  those  who  employed  preventives,  escaped  the 
malady,  than  of  those  who  did  not.  But  this  can 
be  decided  only  in  an  epidemic,  and  by  the 
method  so  often  referred  to. 

In  respect  to  the  discrimination  to  be  exercised 
in  the  use  of  bloodletting  in  malignant  fever,  the 
author  says,  "  Those  cases  must  be  excepted, 
where  an  able  practitioner,  seizing  the  favorable 


86 

moment,  decides  at  once  to  bleed  :  although  not 
indicated,  according  to  common  usage.  In  such 
a  case  the  physician  acts  as  if  from  inspiration  ; 
and  genius  rises  above  rules/' 

Behold,  then,  tact,  inspiration,  chance,  trans- 
formed into  genius  !  For  what  is  inspiration,  or 
tact,  if  it  is  not  chance  1  What  more  is  wanting 
to  prove  that  Vieusseux  trusts  much  to  chance ; 
that  he  shows  but  little  accuracy  in  appreciating 
facts  ;  and  that  he  never  imagined  it  possible  to 
attain  determinate  results  in  pathology  and  the- 
rapeutics !  How  can  one,  who  regards  medi- 
cine as  a  science,  write  on  this  subject  as  Vieus- 
seux has  done  ? 

Our  author,  as  may  easily  be  conceived,  has 
not  been  very  difficult  as  to  particular  examples ; 
and  in  adducing  proof  of  this,  I  am  embarrassed 
only  as  to  a  choice  among  the  cases  he  states. 
Thus  on  the  subject  of  abdominal  diseases,  which 
he  thinks  are  often  attended  with  gangrene,  he 
says,  "  I  have  seen  an  instance  of  the  alternate 
use  of  venesection  and  leeches  in  a  female  thirty 
years  of  age,  who  was  subject  to  pain  in  the  ab- 
domen, and  who  suffered  two  or  three  days  with- 
out fever  and  without  tenderness  on  pressure. 
Suddenly  the  pain  became  very  violent,  and  was 
accompanied  with  fever  and  vomiting.  She  was 
bled  eleven  times,  and  meanwhile  had  leeches 
to  the  anus  twice,  in  the  course  of  seven  or  eight 


87 


days  ;  she  recovered  rapidly,  escaping  suppura- 
tion, which  should  be  avoided  at  any  cost." 
(page  165). 

Vieusseux  considers  this  observation  neither  as 
short,  nor  as  incomplete ;  he  gives  it  as  if  it  were 
approved.  Now  I  will  ask  the  reader  what  is 
proved  by  an  observation,  relative  to  an  abdomi- 
nal affection,  which  contains  no  account  of  the 
form  and  volume  of  the  abdomen,  of  the  condi- 
tion of  the  discharges,  of  the  color  of  the  matter 
vomited,  of  the  expression  of  the  face,  nor  of  the 
state  of  the  pulse,  &LC.  nor  of  the  changes  which 
took  place  from  one  bleeding  to  another,  &c. 
And  this  is  the  same  author  who  declares,  in 
his  preface,  that  the  facts  remain.  Unquestion- 
ably, they  do  remain :  but  for  the  most  part  to 
show  how  imperfectly  observations  have  hitherto 
been  made,  in  what  contempt  they  have  been 
held  :  and  very  little,  it  must  be  confessed,  for 
the  instruction  of  the  reader. 

The  work  of  M.  Poliniere,  which  was  crown- 
ed in  1826  by  the  royal  society  of  Marseilles,  is 
incontestably  superior  to  the  preceding.  Par- 
ticular observations  are  there  met  with  much 
less  incomplete,  and  in  greater  numbers.  At 
the  same  time,  an  examination  of  some  passages 
is  sufficient  to  convince  us,  that  the  method  of 
the  author  is  not  much  more  rigorous  than  that 


88 

of  his  predecessors  ;  like  them,  he  lays  down 
general  principles  with  a  view  to  deduce  par- 
ticular indications  and  rules  of  practice. 

Having  sketched  in  the  first  chapters  the  his- 
tory of  bloodletting,  M.  Poliniere  devotes  the 
second  to  local  bleeding,  with  a  view  of  deciding 
upon  what  region  leeches  should  be  applied. 
On  this  subject  he  quotes  Vitet,  who  was  of 
opinion  that  they  should  be  applied  at  some  dis- 
tance from  the  seat  of  the  affection  ;  (page  28) ; 
and  he  is  astonished  to  hear  such  language  from 
one  who  takes  observation  and  experience  as 
the  basis  of  his  opinions,  while  it  is  from  obser- 
vation and  clinical  experience  that  we  should  be 
led  to  adopt  a  different  practice. 

I  do  not  share  the  astonishment  expressed  by 
M.  Poliniere  ;  indeed  I  should  have  felt  greatly 
surprised,  if  I  had  seen  the  same  conclusions 
arrived  at,  by  two  men,  who  dignify  their  a  priori 
precepts,  with  the  name  of  experience  ;  for  such 
experience  is  fallacious. 

One  of  them,  having  seen  some  cases,  in  which 
more  or  less  speedy  relief  has  followed  the  appli- 
cation of  leeches  near  the  affected  part,  has  de- 
cided in  favor  of  this  practice:  the  other,  having 
witnessed  an  opposite  practice  and  similar  suc- 
cess, is  in  favor  of  applying  leeches  at  a  distance 
from  the  seat  of  disease.  But  such  facts  prove 
nothing :  unless  it  be,  that  the  application  of 


89 


leeches  at  different  points,  does  not  prevent  the 
recovery  of  the  patients  :,  so  that  the  pretended 
experience  of  authors  is  worth  nothing,  and  after 
all  their  assertions  and  denials,  we  are  no  fur- 
ther advanced  than  before.  How  then  shall 
we  proceed  to  settle  the  point  in  dispute?  Evi- 
dently, as  I  have  often  remarked  in  like  cases, 
by  collecting  a  large  number  of  facts  accu- 
rately stated,  relative  to  patients  affected  with 
the  same  disease  ;  some  of  whom  shall  have 
had  leeches  applied  near  the  affected  part; 
and  others  who  have  had  them  at  a  distance 
from  the  seat  of  disease.  Supposing  the  first  to 
have  recovered,  all  other  things  being  equal, 
more  speedily  and  in  greater  numbers  than  the 
second,  the  question  will  have  been  decided  in 
favor  of  the  application  of  leeches  near  the  seat 
of  disease  ;  cfnd  vice  versa.  How  indeed  can  we 
reject  a  conclusion  thus  supported  by  evidence? 
In  entering  upon  the  effect,  which  the  irrita- 
tion of  leech  bites  may  be  expected  to  produce, 
"there  are  many  cases/'  says  M.  Poliniere,  "  in 
which  the  sole  purpose  of  the  application  of 
leeches  should  be  to  cause  a  more  or  less  pro- 
longed irritation  and  a  local  fluxion.  For  in- 
stance, when  it  is  our  object  to  restore  a  sup- 
pressed cata menial,  or  hemorrhoidal  discharge, 
experience  teaches  us  that  it  is  not  to  be  attain- 
ed by  a  single  application  of  a  large  number  of 
12 


90 

leeches  to  the  vulva  or  anus ;  but  by  irritating, 
by  causing  a  fluxion  towards  the  external  parts, 
three  or  four  days  in  succession,  by  means  of 
leech  bites.  The  effect  is  thus  produced  grad- 
ually, &c."  (page  39). 

Here  again  the  author  appeals  to  experience 
in  support  of  his  assertion.  But  the  experience, 
to  which  he  refers,  is  evidently  tradition,  cus- 
tom, common  belief;  it  is  that  almost  worthless 
thing,  which  Quesnay  denounced  so  vehemently; 
a  compound  of  vague  recollections  ;  and  not  the 
rigorous  expression  of  definite  and  closely  ana- 
lyzed facts  :  thus  this  precept  of  a  man  of  tal- 
ents must  be  considered  as  worthless. 

On  the  subject  of  derivation  and  revulsion, 
M.  Poliniere  readily  shows,  that  the  authors  of 
these  doctrines  have  thrown  confusion,  alike  into 
their  language  and  their  rules  in  therapeutics. 
But  how  does  he  prove  that  derivation  and  re- 
vulsion are  imaginary?  He  cites  authorities; 
and  among  others,  that  of  Pinel.  He  might  as 
well  have  confined  himself  to  a  simple  denial : 
for  what  is  authority  in  medicine? 

It  is  evident  that  to  make  this  denial,  with 
a  full  understanding  of  the  subject,' and  to  per- 
suade others,  would  demand  the  labor  which  I 
referred  to  in  the  case  of  Quesnay. 

Our  author  endeavors  to  determine  the  cases 
in  which  bleeding  from  the  jugular  vein  is  pre- 


91 

ferable  to  that  from  other  vessels.  "Clinical 
reports/'  he  remarks,  "may  undoubtedly  present 
us  examples  of  cerebral  inflammation,  cured  by 
the  salutary  influence  of  bleeding  from  the  neck. 
But  can  we  not  oppose  to  this  a  still  greater 
number  of  similar  diseases,  often  of  the  most  vio- 
lent character,  which  have  yielded,  as  if  by  magic, 
to  an  easier  method  of  venesection  1  In  order 
to  establish  the  superiority  of  bleeding  from  the 
jugular  beyond  dispute,  it  must  be  proved  by 
facts,  that  in  a  severe  disease  where  bloodletting 
in  the  common  mode  had  failed,  the  opening  of 
the  jugular  was  followed  by  an  unexpected  res- 
toration/' (p.  83). 

Without  doubt,  this  is  indeed  the  real  state  of 
the  question  ;  but  how  shall  we  attain  the  proof 
which  is  demanded  ?  Not,  as  the  author  pro- 
poses, by  comparing  two  cases  of  cerebral  dis- 
ease :  one  of  which,  bled  from  the  jugular,  shall 
have  recovered — whilst  the  other,  bled  from  the 
arm,  or  foot,  shall  have  died  ;  and  maintaining 
that  the  result  of  the  latter  case  would  have  been 
different,  if  the  patient  had  been  bled  from  the 
jugular.  For  this  does  not  admit  of  proof ;  since 
it  may  always  be  supposed  that  the  resemblance 
between  the  cases  supposed,  is  only  apparent : 
and  that  the  diseases  were  not  exactly  similar, 
so  that  the  argument  is  of  no  value.  On  the 
other  hand,  let  us  suppose  forty  individuals  hav- 


92 

ing  a  well  marked  cerebral  affection,  of  the  same 
duration  and  severity,  to  have  been  bled  from  the 
arm  or  foot;  suppose  forty  others,  affected  with 
the  same  disease,  and  under  similar  circumstan- 
ces, to  have  been  bled  from  the  jugular  ;  sup- 
pose thirty  cases  of  recovery  among  the  latter, 
and  only  nine  or  ten  among  the  former  ;  the  con- 
clusion is  then  evident,  that  under  the  given  cir- 
cumstances, bleeding  from  the  jugular  is  to  be 
preferred.  And  this  conclusion  will  be  rigorous ; 
for  granting  the  impossibility,  as  I  have  before 
said,  of  appreciating  each  case  with  mathematical 
exactness,  the  errors  will  be  the  same  in  the  two 
classes  treated  in  different  modes  ;  these  errors, 
then,  will  balance  each  other,  and  may  be  dis- 
regarded without  sensibly  affecting  the  result. 
Let  the  therapeutic  question  then,  relative  to 
bleeding,  be  what  it  may,  it  cannot  be  solved 
withbut  the  aid  of  the  numerical  method. 

At  first  sight,  nothing  seems  more  easy  and 
expeditious  than  a  method,  which  dispenses  with 
so  much  useless  reasoning.  Unfortunately  this 
is  by  no  means  the  case  :  for,  as  we  have  already 
seen,  it  presumes  a  comparison  to  have  been 
made  between* a  great  number  of  cases  of  the 
same  affection ;  in  a  part  of  which,  the  disease 
shall  have  been  left  to  itself,  so  far,  at  least,  as 
it  can  be  done  ;  in  another  part,  certain  modes 
of  treatment  shall  have  been  instituted.  This 


93 

method  further  presumes  that  the  same  thera- 
peutic agent  shall  have  been  studied  under  the 
most  diverse  circumstances ;  that  it  shall  have 
been  given  in  minute  and  in  powerful  doses  ;  at 
the  onset  of  the  disease,  or  at  a  certain  period 
afterward ;  alone,  or  in  conjunction  with  other 
means ;  in  young  and  old  subjects,  &,c.  &tc.  And 
not  only  does  the  method  demand  much  labor  ; 
but  the  requisite  assemblage  of  .facts,  relative  to 
any  particular  disease,  is  not  made  without  much 
difficulty.  All  this,  it  must  be  confessed,  has 
hitherto  been  imperfectly  regarded  by  learned 
societies,  who,  in  proposing  prize  questions,  on 
bloodletting,  for  example,  have  expected  candi- 
dates to  traverse  the  whole  circle  of  diseases, 
and  to  lay  down  rules  for  all  cases.  On  their 
part,  the  candidates,  partaking  of  the  spirit  of 
their  cotemporaries,  were  not  in  the  least  em- 
barrassed ;  and  a  single  year,  and  sometimes 
even  less,  has  sufficed  them  for  the  solution  of 
problems,  which,  to  be  accurately  solved,  would 
have  occupied  the  lives  of  many  individuals. 
The  result  of  this  has  been,  that  the  authors  of 
the  prize  essays,  and  all  who  have  been  engaged 
on  the  subject  of  bloodletting,  have  failed  to 
settle  definitively  any  one  precept.  Instead  of 
aiming  to  make  questions  comprehensive,  learned 
societies  should  have  restricted  the  limits  of  the 
points  to  be  investigated  and  discussed  :  and 


94 

they  would  have  done  themselves  more  honor, 
in  my  opinion,  if,  instead  of  proposing  as  a  prize 
question,  "To  determine,  by  clinical  observa- 
tions, in  what  diseases  the  application  of  leeches 
is  to  be  preferred  to  bloodletting  ;  and  when  it 
is  advantageous  to  employ  both  simultaneous- 
ly :"*  if,  instead  of  questions  like  this,  too  com- 
prehensive to  be  solved  by  one  man,  they  had 
limited  their  inquiry  to  a  rigid  exposition  of  the 
effects  of  bloodletting  in  pneumonitis,  for  exam- 
ple, or  in  any  disease  whatever,  but  in  one 
alone  ;  for  then  only  they  would  not  have  asked 
impossibilities. 

The  comments,  made  on  the  subject  of  bleed- 
ing from  the  jugular,  are  applicable  to  the  au- 
thor's remarks  on  bleeding  from  the  arm,  as 
compared  with  that  from  the  foot :  and  I  shall 
not  dwell  upon  them. 

In  his  sixth  chapter  he  discusses  the  indica- 
tions for  bleeding,  according  to  age,  sex,  tem- 
perament, &c.  His  precepts  are  founded  on 
some  facts  favorable  to  his  views;  (bad  logic, 
for  one  can  thus  prove  any  thing,)  or  upon  the 
experience  of  the  ancients  ;  and  we  have  seen 
before  what  is  the  character  of  that  experience, 
founded,  as  it  is,  almost  always  upon  tradition, 


1  Questions  proposees  par  la  Societe  de  Medicine  de  Mar- 
seille, en  1825. 


95 

without  proof.  Besides,  if  it  is  remembered 
that  the  author  was  obliged  to  notice  the  influ- 
ence of  age  in  all  diseases,  in  which  bloodletting 
is  practicable,  it  will  be  perceived  that  he  has 
pursued  the  only  course  in  his  power. 

In  the  second  part  of  his  work,  which  is  the 
most  considerable,  M.  Poliniere  makes  the  appli- 
cation of  the  principles,  which  he  has  laid  down ; 
beginning  with  inflammation  of  the  gastro-intes- 
tinal  mucous  membrane.  Before  coming  to  par- 
ticular facts,  the  author  makes  the  following  re- 
marks :  "I  could  easily  have  adduced  a  host 
of  facts,  in  support  of  my  propositions,  on  the 
subject  of  bloodletting.  In  a  vast  hospital,  like 
that  at  Lyons,  there  is  no  want  of  facts ;  but 
such  a  mass  would  have  encumbered  my  book, 
without  adding  to  its  usefulness.  Being  well 
persuaded,  that  extraordinary  and  rare  cases 
ought  not  to  occupy  a  prominent  place  in  a 
work  on  practical  medicine,  that  those  of  daily 
occurrence  should  be  the  object  of  study  ;  I 
have  made  a  selection  of  such  histories  of  dis- 
ease as  may  be  considered  a  faithful  expression, 
as  a  simple,  clear  representation  of  a  multitude 
of  analogous  cases.  I  have  therefore  cited  only 
three  or  four  specimens  of  each  disease,  believ- 
ing them  sufficient  to  show  my  method  of  pro- 
ceeding in  similar  cases."  (page  203). 

Without  doubt,  a  few  examples  are  sufficient 


96 

to  exhibit  the  practice  of  M.  Poliniere  in  similar 
cases ;  but  they  are  not  enough  to  prove  that  it 
is  good  :  and,  supposing  it  to  be  good,  to  show 
how  far  it  is  so  ;  and,  in  truth,  this  is  the  actual 
question.  Does  any  one  ask  if  I  would  have 
desired  the  writer  to  narrate,  in  succession,  a 
hundred  cases  of  any  one  disease?  Assuredly, 
I  should  not  :  but  I  would  have  desired  him  to 
give  a  strict  analysis  of  those  cases  :  since,  pro- 
vided they  were  exact,  he  would  by  this  analysis 
have  proved  something  ;  but,  cited  separately, 
they  prove  absolutely  nothing.  For,  let  us  not 
forget,  if  nothing  is  effected,  in  science,  unless 
every  proposition  is  rigorously  demonstrated  ; 
so  in  therapeutics,  nothing  is  effected,  unless  it 
is  demonstrated,  that,  under  certain  conditions, 
a  therapeutic  agent  produces  this  or  that  effect, 
has  this  or  that  influence  on  the  course  and  ter- 
mination of  a  disease,  under  given  circumstan- 
ces ;  and  the  most  able  physicians  have,  it  must 
be  confessed,  forgotten  little  else  than  this  very 
demonstration. 

Let  those,  who  engage  hereafter  in  the  study 
of  therapeutics,  pursue  an  opposite  course  to 
that  of  their  predecessors.  Let  them  not  think 
that  they  have  done  any  thing  effectual,  when 
they  have  only  displayed  their  own  theories,  or 
stated  what  is  done  by  the  most  celebrated  phy- 
sicians in  such  or  such  a  case.  But  let  them 


97 


labor  to  demonstrate,  rigorously,  the  influence 
and  the  degree  of  influence  of  any  therapeutic 
agent,  on  the  duration,  progress,  and  termination 
of  a  particular  disease.  Let  them  not  forget 
that  nothing  is  more  difficult,  than  to  verify  a 
fact  of  this  nature ;  that  it  can  be  effected  only 
by  means  of  an  extensive  series  of  observations, 
collected  with  exactness;  instead  of  touching 
upon  a  boundless  inquiry,  let  them  limit  the 
subject,  that  they  may  master  it  completely,  and 
study  it  in  all  its  aspects.  Let  them  reflect  that 
while  this  is  the  only  means  of  being  useful  to 
science  and  to  mankind,  it  is  at  the  same  time 
the  only  source  of  true  fame  to  the  student  in 
therapeutics. 

I  shall  not  pursue  any  further,  the  examina- 
tion of  the  treatise  of  M.  Poliniere  :  enough  has 
been  already  done  to  give  an  idea  of  his  me- 
thod ;  and  I  shall  refrain  from  any  comment 
whatever  on  later  researches :  so  that  no  one 
may  be  at  liberty  to  suppose,  that  in  the  criti- 
cisms I  have  made,  I  have  had  any  other  design 
than  to  discharge  a  duty. 

THE    END. 


13 


APPENDIX    BY    J.  J. 


THE  results  attained  by  the  foregoing  inquiry  will,  no 
doubt,  surprise  many,  if  not  most,  medical  men.  They 
certainly  do  not  accord  with  my  own  previous  impres- 
sions in  various  respects.  I  had  believed,  for  instance, 
that  bloodletting  after  the  third  or  fourth  day  in  pneumo- 
nitis  was  not  often  useful,  and  that  sometimes  it  was  inju- 
rious ;  but  that  on  the  first,  second  and  third,  and  perhaps 
on  the  fourth,  it  both  mitigated  the  disease  and  shortened 
it.  It  was  my  practice  to  bleed  freely  in  the  first  in- 
stance ;  at  least  more  freely  than  was  done  at  the  hospital 
la  Charite,  where  the  observations  given  in  the  first  chap- 
ter of  this  work  were  made.  Accordingly,  when  I  saw 
those  observations  three  years  ago,  published,  as  they  then 
were,  separately,  it  appeared  to  me  very  certain  that  a 
more  copious  bleeding  on  the  early  days  would  have  given 
different  results.  After  reading  this  work,  where  the 
second  chapter  shows  that  very  little,  if  any  thing,  more 


ioo 


was  gained  by  a  copious  bleeding  in  the  first  instance,  my 
faith  was  shaken ;  though  I  still  thought  some  exceptions 
might  be  taken  to  the  conclusions,  at  which  M.  Louis  had 
(arrived.  Particularly  it  did  not  appear  that  he  had  had 
many  opportunities  to  order  these  bleedings  in  the  three 
first  days  of  the  disease.  But,  instead  of  urging  objections 
to  his  conclusions,  it  seemed  best  that  I  should  inquire 
accurately  how  far  the  facts  within  my  own  reach  would 
confirm  or  contradict  them.  On  this  account  I  deter- 
mined to  examine  the  case-books  of  the  Massachusetts 
General  Hospital.  It  is  the  object  of  this  appendix  to 
give  the  results  of  that  examination.  Before  giving  these 
results,  it  may  be  proper  to  make  some  statements  re- 
specting this  hospital,  and  the  manner  in  which  its  records 
are  kept,  so  that  it  may  be  seen  on  what  authority  my 
facts  are  grounded. 

This  hospital  was  opened  in  1821 ;  but  it  was  not 
ready  to  receive  many  patients  till  1824;  since  that  time 
it  has  received  annually  about  three  hundred  medical 
patients.1 

From  the  day,  on  which  the  hospital  was  opened,  the 
cases  under  the  care  of  the  physicians  have  been  recorded 
at  the  bedside.  After  a  little  experience  the  following 
course  was  adopted,  and  has  been  closely  adhered  to. 
On  the  entrance  of  a  patient,  the  house  physician  (usually 

1  The  whole  number,  from  1824  to  1834  inclusive,  is  3291,  exclu- 
sive of  those  remaining  Jan.  1,  1835.  Of  these  257  have  died,  being 
1.  in  12  4-5. 


101 


a  medical  pupil  in  his  third  year,  and  always  a  resident  in 
the  hospital),  collects  and  writes  down  the  history  of  the 
case  and  the  actual  state  of  the  patient.  The  physician 
visits  the  hospital  every  morning,  and  examines  every  pa- 
tient daily.  He  dictates  aloud  the  record  of  the  day  at 
the  bedside  of  each  patient,  and  the  prescriptions,  if  there 
be  any.  All  this  is  recorded  at  the  moment  by  the  house 
physician,  in  a  first  book,  or  journal,  where  the  record 
goes  on  continuously  from  one  patient  to  another.  Be- 
fore the  visit  of  the  following  day,  the  record  thus  made 
is  transferred  to  a  case-book,  under  the  head  of  each  case  ; 
a  process  similar  to  that  of  posting  from  a  mercantile 
journal  into  a  leger.  This  case-book  is  carried  round 
by  the  physician  in  his  daily  visits  ;  and,  as  he  arrives  at 
the  bedside  of  each  patient,  he  opens  to  his  case.  At 
this  time  there  are  sixty-eight  case-books  filled  in  this 
manner ;  each  book  being  a  folio,  thirteen  inches  by  eight) 
and  containing  upwards  of  two  hundred  and  fifty  pages. 
The  whole  number  of  cases  cannot  be  less  than  three 
thousand  five  hundred.  It  will  be  conceived  at  once  that 
the  records  are  not  short.  They  probably  are  as  minute 
as  most  records  of  the  kind.  It  has  been  the  general 
practice  to  inquire  into  the  state  of  all  the  functions ;  and 
to  note  all  such  as  were  disordered  ;  so  that,  where 
nothing  is  distinctly  said  of  a  function,  it  is  to  be  pre- 
sumed that  it  was  regular.  It  is  riot  true,  however,  that 
this  practice  has  been  undeviatingly  pursued.  The  re- 
sults of  examinations  after  death,  where  these  have  been 


102 


permitted,  have  been  recorded  in  the  case-books,  though 
not  always  with  the  precision  which  modern  science  de- 
mands. In  all  points,  however,  the  records  have  been 
made  with  increasing  precision  from  year  to  year. 

Among  the  numerous  cases  in  this  hospital,  it  might  be 
imagined  that  a  large  number  would  be  found  of  each  of 
the  diseases,  to  which  M.  Louis  has  referred  ;  and  that 
Cases  might  be  selected,  which  would  compare  with  his. 
But  it  is  not  entirely  so.  Erysipelas  of  the  face  has 
shown  itself  at  times,  and  on  two  or  three  occasions  it  has 
been  a  formidable  disease,  causing  some  deaths  and  great 
anxiety.  But  it  has  not  occurred  in  those  previously 
healthy  ;  with  two  or  three  exceptions  it  has  been  in  those 
only,  who  were  already  patients  of  the  house,  either  sur- 
gical or  medical.  The  results  of  treatment  cannot  there- 
fore be  compared  with  those  of  our  author.  Besides,  it 
has  not  been  a  common  practice  among  us,  or  certainly 
not  with  me,  in  the  hospital,  nor  elsewhere,  to  take  away 
blood  in  this  disease,  unless  the  subject  was  quite  vigor- 
ous, or  the  pulse  peculiarly  strong  and  hard.  I  will  ven- 
ture to  add  that  the  following  has  seemed  to  .me  the  most 
successful  treatment  of  this  disease,  when  seen  very  early ; 
viz.  first,  to  clear  the  bowels  by  a  cathartic,  and,  if 
specially  indicated,  the  stomach  by  an  emetic ;  second, 
to  administer  the  cinchona,  or  the  excellent  substitute  we 
now  have,  the  sulphate  of  quinine.  These  are  given  in 
as  large  doses  as  the  patient  will  bear.  From  twelve  to 
twenty-five  grains  of  the  sulphate  in  twenty^four  hours 


103 


will  generally  suffice.  That  the  dose  is  sufficient  will  be 
known  by  a  buzzing  in  the  ears ;  when  this  occurs,  the 
dose  may  be  diminished  a  little.  Third,  covering  the 
parts  much  of  the  time  with  a  thin  linen,  which  is  kept 
moistened  with  either  diluted  alcohol,  or  a  solution  of 
acetate  of  lead ;  (two  drachms  to  a  pint  of  water) .  I 
cannot  say  which  of  these  lotions  has  proved  most  useful. 
If  this  treatment  is  commenced  on  the  first  appearance  of 
the  local  disease,  I  think  there  is  a  very  good  chance  that 
the  disease  will  cease  to  spread,  and  that  the  diseased 
part  will  be  covered  by  scales  on  the  fifth  day.  My  ex- 
perience, however,  has  been  mostly  in  private  practice, 
because  my  hospital  patients  have  usually  had  other 
diseases  which  prevented  the  fair  trial  of  this  method  of 
treatment. 

As  this  treatment  has  been  pursued,  I  believe,  for  a  cen- 
tury by  some  judicious  practitioners,  though  not  perhaps 
very  generally  adopted,  I  think  it  well  to  suggest  it  for 
future  trial,  hoping  that  the  merit  of  it  may  be  decided 
upon  the  principles  of  the  numerical  system. 

As  to  angina  tonsillaris  (Vangine  gutturale,  as  de- 
nominated by  M.  Louis,)  our  records  will  not  furnish  any 
materials,  which  can  be  added  to  those  of  our  author. 
If  we  except  angina  maligna,  or  the  sore  throat,  belong^ 
ing  to  scarlatina,  and  one  other  affection  to  be  mentioned 
directly,  we  do  not  often  see  cases  of  acute  inflammation 
in  the  tonsils  and  palate,  which  are  so  severe,  or  so  haz- 
ardous, as  to  call  for  bloodletting.  We  do  indeed  some- 


104 


times  apply  a  few  leeches  in  such  cases  with  a  hope  to 
abate  the  severity  of  the  disease,  but  with  what  success  I 
am  not  prepared  to  say.  There  is  however  an  affection 
of  the  tonsils,  which  tends  to  suppuration,  and  which 
may  usually  be  distinguished  at  an  early  period,  though 
not  at  its  very  commencement,  by  two  symptoms.  One 
is  the  pecular  kind  of  dysphagia ;  the  patient  swallows  as 
if  he  were  lifting  the  morsel,  or  the  liquid  over  a  sore 
part,  and  makes  a  peculiar  contortion  of  countenance  on 
the  side  affected.  If  both  sides  be  severely  affected  at 
once,  which  is  very  rare,  he  is  scarcely  able  to  swallow. 
The  second  symptom  is  a  peculiarity  in  the  speech. 
The  patient  speaks  with  some,  and  often  with  great  diffi- 
culty, but  is  not  hoarse  ;  the  voice  sounds  as  if  there  were 
an  obstacle  to  its  egress,  not  to  its  formation,  such  as 
would  happen  if  he  were  speaking,  when  a  large  mouth- 
ful of  food  had  arrived  at  the  entrance  of  the  fauces  and 
was  suspended  there,  so  as  to  impede  his  utterance. 
Where  these  symptoms  have  shown  themselves,  I  have 
known  how  much  trouble  to  anticipate  for  the  patient, 
and  early  in  my  practice  I  tried  bleeding  and  other  reme- 
dies to  arrest  the  disease.  But,  it  is  many  years  since  I 
learned  that,  after  the  two  symptoms,  above  described, 
had  occurred,  my  efforts  were  never,  or  almost  never, 
successful.  And,  not  having  found  the  disease  to  termi- 
nate fatally,  though  it  occasions  much  distress,  I  have 
abstained  from  great  evacuations  of  any  kind,  as  causing 
a  useless  reduction  of  the  strength. 


105 


Pneumonitis,  a  name  which  I  use  as  equivalent  to 
pleuro-pneumonia,  is  then  the  only  one  of  the  three  in- 
flammatory diseases,  of  which  our  records  will  furnish 
cases  for  comparison  with  those  referred  to  in  the  pre- 
ceding work. 

It  might  be  supposed  that  in  this  cold  and  variable 
climate  pneumonitis  would  be  a  very  frequent  disease, 
and  that,  in  the  cold  seasons,  no  small  portion  of  our  hos- 
pital patients  would  be  affected  with  it.  But  it  is  not 
so :  especially  it  is  not  so  among  adults ;  and,  with  rare 
exceptions,  persons  under  eighteen  are  seldom  admitted 
as  medical  patients  at  our  hospital.  I  had  remarked 
the  rarity  of  the  disease  in  private  practice  before  our 
hospital  was  erected.  Since  that  time,  we  have  had 
very  few  patients  with  it,  except  in  those  years  when 
influenza  has  prevailed.  In  those  years  it  has  occurred 
in  many  persons,  not  as  a  part  of  the  epidemic  disease, 
yet  as  an  indirect  consequence.  Persons  exposed  to  the 
inclemencies  of  the  weather,  and  more  or  less  engaged  in 
labor,  such  as  domestic  servants  particularly,  have  had 
pneumonitis  come  on,  as  a  distinct  disease,  in  a  period  of 
one  to  four  weeks  after  the  commencement  of  the  influ- 
enza. In  these  instances,  whether  the  first  disease  has, 
or  has  not  confined  the  patient  to  the  house,  the  second 
has  commenced  with  distinct  chills,  more  or  less  pros- 
tration, and  pain  on  one  side  of  the  thorax,  followed 
within  two  days  by  cough  and  bloody  or  rusty  sputa. 

M.  Louis,  wishing  to  take  only  cases  of  pure  pneu- 
14 


106 


monitis,  has  rejected  those  which  were  preceded  by  ca- 
tarrh. He  would  not  therefore  admit  the  cases,  which 
I  have  just  described.  In  the  selections  which  follow,  I 
have  admitted  such,  because  without  them  I  could  fur- 
nish so  few  as  not  to  be  worthy  attention ;  but  I  have 
stated  in  each  instance  the  preceding  disease,  so  that  the 
reader  may  know  how  much  value  to  attach  to  the  cases. 
I  have  rejected  all  .cases,  in  which  there  was  reason  to 
believe  that  tubercles  existed ;  and  for  the  most  part,  if 
not  always,  those  in  which  there  was  any  other  want  of 
soundness  in  the  health  at  the  access  of  the  pneumonitis, 
except  those  already  referred  to.  I  presume  that  M. 
Louis  rejected  the  cases  in  which  catarrh  had  preceded, 
because  those  cases  might  not  terminate  so  quickly  as 
others.  As,  in  fact,  our  cases  have  generally  terminated 
at  an  earlier  period  than  those  in  Paris,  I  have  thought 
no  objection  would  be  made  to  them  on  that  ground.  I 
may  remark,  on  this  point,  that  I  cannot  attribute  this 
difference  to  our  climate,  nor  to  the  medical  treatment, 
properly  speaking.  Nor  will  I  decide  as  to  the  cause. 
But  I  suspect  that  the  cause  is,  that  in  Paris  the  hospitals 
are  very  cold  in  winter,  while  ours  is  uniformly  warm, 
though  well  ventilated.  In  the  day  the  temperature  of 
our  wards  is  rarely  lower  than  65°  Fahrenheit ;  and  I  be- 
lieve that  it  is  rarely  lower  than  50°  in  the  most  severe 
nights.  When  it  has  been  very  low  in  the  night,  I  have 
usually  discovered  it  by  an  increase  of  disease  in  several 
patients  on  the  next  day. 


107 

The  table  I.  contains  a  statement  of  many  particu- 
lars in  all  the  cases,  which  I  have  selected  from  our 
case-books,  being  in  number  thirty-four.  I  might  have 
added  more  cases,  but  none  which  would  not  have 
been  subject  to  some  material  objections,  as  regards  the 
points  under  consideration,  or  deficient  in  particulars  of 
essential  importance.  Thus,  in  some  instances,  the  pre- 
vious health  of  the  patients  had  shown  a  manifest  ten- 
dency to  phthisis,  or  the  actual  existence  of  this  or  some 
other  important  disease.  Some  of  the  cases  I  have 
given  may  not  be  regarded  as  altogether  free  from  ob- 
jections on  this  score.  In  other  instances  the  period  of 
attack,  or  the  symptoms  at  an  -early  period  were  so  im- 
perfectly ascertained,  that  the  cases  would  not  justify 
any  such  inferences  as  we  look  for  in  the  present  inquiry. 
Fatal  cases  have  been  omitted  entirely  in  the  table. 

'•• 


111 

S8§ 


*»a 

II 


s 


.A  S  S  *  «  o  S 

^^SS  ^=12 

•o»|  §  'tis 

°^i  S'J 

.-4  521 

5dfcSJ^  •»„• 

oligfe  Sali 


'c.  Pil.  H,S 

to  9th  March 
not  sore. 


T=  ^  ^-~  ^3  "=  •£  ~  -M 

.  ^  S  •»        f^^S^^ 

CGce^i  p|-?-£o 

Kill      11*^ 
5§il    Jjai|| 

os||la|ils 


si 


_ 


^     f 


f 


good. 


t 

I! 


good. 


Tn  Hospital  last 

•month  for  abscess  in 
axilla  ;  cough  then 
and  since. 


_  Analy 


a         «         s 

,t    I     i 

o 

1 

March  3 

April  28 

8 

1 

TABLE  I.- 

IT     & 

H      1  <J                   S 

^                  r^ 

i      1 

«r           «" 

j  i 

! 

4     d     a     s      ,     *     i 

O  g    g.S^d 

o  ^»          C*  o  o  "* 

^53  «cS'i  *  o 

^.^-i  O         ^ 


S  <u 
o  t> 
tf^  s 


if 

_G    -2 


3       .§       _8-2 


T3    CD 

sl 


l§    .si  |2i-i 

gl       ^"    ^«SJ 


02       ^ 


O 

a 
K 
H 

I 

02 


S  |    o 

S  I    3 


i^iJa 

O>     +g    r£j  W          . 

' 

J3   0   w   be  °   _, 

^Pfll 

O    3 

Isc 

^JiS|§2 

rfsSsa 

IllL-l 

M^§l 

•*.ia»i 


0    g 

II 


.-s. 


l 


.a'S 

"5. 


fibaS  51"- 

l£^.  s§ 

gs|^|  211 

!J11J  l!i 


oj 


to 
da 
Co 


H.S. 

Jan. 
Colchi 
27th. 


23d  to 

mouth 
Colchi- 
o Mar. 
ery  day. 


May 

mitted 
.  17th 
th  sore 


t 
ve 


S      S,-a 


-riii  iifij 

agggco-u  og§3!3 


I 


02  S 

gs 


flj 

si| 

Si 

Si22 

sil 


M'M 


at 


III 

-1-g 

III 


it 


S'SS* 
fe^Ss 


II 


Pi 


JIM 


til 

Sii- 

jSil: 


i 


I 


•s.s 

O  T3 

'S  fl 


ls| 


ao 


*  1=°  ^s     -P 

"   8»r|-  g,S      Is.' 


^ 

Q  r^ 

3        B 


--5 


.S      lo! 


tie 


|||||P   j|; 


P    * 


I- 

il 


*J   oa      °   ° 

•^>  Is 


l 


-fl    s  2 


=3  ^    g 
^ 


it 


*        5     T3    w 

Si  II 


°     CH  ^ 

w 


f"—  p"a  ^  ?  o 


. 

i 


Si   -S 


.—  The  sudn  re 
may  ude  of  it. 


:i 


5        —  o  s 

•^  <H     02     C 

B  K  --b 


;>    3    cd 

oil 

CJ  *J    o 

C     ^  o> 

sa  ^ 

S2-S 


s,  s 


Co 
m 
c 


a^«u  5s  >a 


XI.  — 

d  the  sa 
thout  in 
erwards 


an 
wi 


sM 

CO 
ni^ 

"1 

9 

1-5 

rt 

HI 

03 

i      I 

IQ 

^ 

1 

1 

1 

1 

a 
o 

03                                O 

1                1 

O 

ill 

| 

1 

CO 

fi 

O?                             ^ 

1 

"i 

h 

ii 

l'& 

~  '5 

Cath'cs.  Opiates. 
Pil.  II.  S.  C.  17th  to 
31st  Dec.  but  not  con- 
stantly. Mouth  very 
little  sore  on  22d,  but 
soon  well  again. 

Hyd.  S.  on  22d  and 

*3  J  Dec.  and  from  29lh 
to  1st,  Jan.  then  mouth 
a  liuli'  sure.  Colch'm 
24th  to  29th.  Cuth'cs. 

Emetic.  Cath'cs. 

I'il.  H.  S.  C.  2Cth  to 
30lh  Dec.  when  mouth 
sore. 

dS|| 

[§§1111   Cu^lil 

Emet.  20th  July. 

Cath's.  H.S.C.aiitto 

•25th  July.  Merc,  fu- 
inis.  24th  ;  mouth  sore 
•25th;  Ant.  Tart.  20th, 
•2-2,1  and  23d;  Colchic 
•23.1  to  25di  ;  Opiates. 

Ij 

Sf 
•si 

•* 

g 

« 

1 

S 

SI 

ll 

rl 

i| 
§1 

J 

•PI 

t*OHO,o  t*Ol*O 

X 

'x  >•" 

ttOtIC 

siill   .- 

iPii  ^ 

a«« 

o§| 

§ 

S     II 

1 

ss 

Oi  CO       O           CO  Tf  J>. 

Previous  health. 

Cough  for  more 

than  a  fortnight  ;  pro- 
bably catarrhnl.  lias 
flushingsanddizzinest 

often,  such  as  belong 
to  thu  critical  period. 

Influenza  formore 
than  a  week. 

Influenza  began  4 

weeks  before,  and  had 
not  left  him,  though 
never  confined  by  it 

<ss 

I          ||l 

|!      ""^ 
ll      Itti 

I 
ft 

j 

I 

.EP 

- 

S 

- 

•—  <             >^ 

'Is 

i 

« 

s 

g 

s 

2                 S 

s 

•«! 

(M 

S3 

S 

% 

SI             §§ 

s 

i 

CO 

6 

P 

o 

i 

i 

I  ; 

00                           OJ_ 

C3                          rt 

45                S 

1 

0* 

w 

CO 
CO 

i 

1 
sf 

0 

p 

§ 

ifT 

(M 

o 

p 

i 

0 

i 

oT                 S 

1         1 

July  20,  1832 

i 

o 

i 

1 

1 

R           ^ 

H 

15 


i! 

1 

1 

3 

1 

i 

s 

55 

1 

51 

•^  I  3 

0 

& 

OS 

Xi 

rt" 

rt* 

rt 

i  5. 

£ 

p>; 

fa 

s 

S 

rf, 

.0   S  £_= 

o 

<t> 

9i 

§ 

g 

fa   d  2   >S 

g 

g 

g 

§ 

£ 

* 

olfll 

J5 

Ill 

^ 

g 

1 

1 

1 

g 

•s 

CO 

a3! 

i 

K^  ^  S 

T-^Ag.ir 

S^S 

•SI 

J?  i  *** 

-,°  =  - 

•£  o.g 

Internal  medicine 
ministered. 

iliii 

ill 

iffli 

Pil.  H.  S.  C.  J{ 

31  stand  Feb.  1st.  C 
chicutn  Feb.  'Ai  UH 
also  13th  to  16th. 

Colchicum  w 

op.  Feb.  (ith.  Emi 
Cathartics. 

fll 

jll 

<1^2 

4|^ 

M 

42- 

1 

'  =  =  s 

* 

ll 

& 

J 

CO 

ai" 

TO  o 

Mil 

11 

s| 

'U 

||||J 

•§)    S  S 

'O 

Jjflj 

'S 

c     S 

S  '<§ 

1 

w  — 

ef  <u  —     •  <£     - 

••-  °^  ti  03  qj    . 

3 

^  ~  .-  -  "P 

21 

>        s 

• 

II 

J1  fill  Sj 

SftsiS 

'o 

g 

Illl^ 

1 

£C« 

£j 

The  days  of 
disease  on 
which  bled. 

3    II 

is  it! 

!    1 

1  1 

4 

1 
.2 

Slight  cough,  for 
two  weeks. 

Some  disorder  in 

digestive  functions 
through  the  winter: 
cough  some  days  be- 
fore present  attack. 

II 

3f 

^  e'3 

Never  very  good. 

Subject  to  cough 

for  some  years  ; 
cough  last  winter  ; 
also  painful  menstru- 
ation and  leucorrhoea 

Not  strong  before 

puberty  ;  getting  ro 
bust  for  5  years  past. 

1 

IN 

1       4     -1      -      -      -      - 

g 

1 

B 

S 

S 

H 

fci 

S 

S 

i 

oo 

S3 

CO 

CO 

CO 

(N 

0 

i 

CO 

35 

Ol 

co 

S 

CO 

s 

1  * 

i 

^ 

C 

c 

0, 

03 

c? 

'=> 

15 

s 

2 

3 

§ 

g 

a 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

g 

GO 

1 

-B 

o 

eo 

CO 

Kl" 

CO 

^ 

S 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

^ 

I 

1 

I 

1 

p^ 

B 

i 

i 

S 

I 

o 


£  S 

o** 


and 
nor  a 


If 


W"        .  ~  ^  0>      ^  *J      ~ 
>>  J2  -S      .    faJD      |3    2      CO  -C* 
^oa^rao      2»     1~1-^ 

b  ^>C  +,  g     ^  1^     °  g 

gj  ^^  ^  ^^  ^^ 


o     3  K     S  •  -a 

S    ^°     §-So 

*i*!ji?.~f*J 

rtCo*^      ^-5      '"'Q.^ 


II  *a 

**  §5- 

II  ^  I 

3  .. 

bD_CJ 


o"S  s 

si.l 


o  •§  o^  ra     fc^-5  S  S  «» 

**     ft,  {3  «*-T  .5  o  >  £  -^ 

p||i  !l  ^il 

•6«=^  §1  p| 


g1!  ffifl 

^l«i«I 

1^    rf  Co 


»1 

i!i 


chi- 
21th 


Cath' 
cum  with 
to  30th  Ma 


18th 

Tart 


Cathartic 

Oct.  Anti 
23d  to  29th. 


i';  Hi 

ajj  fl 

111  ^s- 

Mil  li! 


Antimon.  Tart, 

Feb.  9th  to  19th. 


slsi 


'o  cs 
t! 


>-<2 
»^5 


t 


|ll 
•5 


Sf 


!l   1 


l! 


^.Sba° 
S2i*'S 


an 


8f 


118 


Remarks  on  Table  I. 

Before  making  any  observations  or  calculations  upon 
the  contents  of  this  table,  some  preliminary  remarks  must 
be  offered.  And,  first,  great  care  is  taken  at  our  hospital 
to  fix  the  date,  at  which  the  disease  in  every  case  has 
begun.  It  is  not  probable  that  we  are  equally  successful 
in  this  respect  in  all  instances.  There  is  no  doubt  that 
we  are  more  so  in  acute,  than  in  chronic  diseases  ;  at 
least,  where  the  patient  has  not  been  sick  more  than  a 
week  at  his  entrance,  and  where  he  retains  the  full  exer- 
cise of  his  mental  powers.  Both  these  conditions  usually 
exist  in  cases  of  pneumonitis.  I  do  not  doubt  that  the 
period  of  attack  is  accurately  stated  in  almost  every  case 
in  this  table ;  and  I  know  not  any  reason  to  doubt  it  in 
regard  to  any  one  case.  Indeed,  several  cases  were  ex- 
cluded from  this  table  merely  because  the  periods,  at 
which  they  commenced,  had  not  been  well  ascertained. 
As  to  all  events,  which  occurred  in  the  hospital,  the  dates 
may  be  fully  relied  on. 

The  period  of  convalescence  is  fixed  on  the  principles 
laid  down  by  M.  Louis.  In  two  or  three  cases  only  the 
period  of  taking  food  was  not  noticed  on  our  records  ;  but 
then  collateral  circumstances  showed,  when  it  must  have 
been  taken ;  and  I  have  been  cautious  in  each  of  those 
instances  not  to  fix  on  too  early  a  day.  In  all  cases,  ex- 
cept the  thirteenth  case,  which  will  be  explained  here- 
after, the  febrile  affection  had  been  subsiding  two  or  three 


119 

days  at  least  before  that,  which  is  mentioned  as  the  day 
of  convalescence.  As  these  cases  occurred  before  we 
had  regarded  the  taking  of  food,  as  marking  the  period 
of  convalescence,  there  could  be  no  inducement  to  in- 
dulge the  patient  too  early  on  that  account.  I  feel  as- 
sured that  my  colleagues,  as  well  as  myself,  have  always 
been  cautious  not  to  allow  a  premature  indulgence  in  the 
use  of  food,  and  in  these  thirty-four  cases  there  was  only 
one  who  appeared  to  suffer  from  food  on  the  first  days, 
on  which  it  was  allowed ;  and  that  was  a  patient,  whose 
digestive  powers  were  habitually  feeble  before  the  pneu- 
monitis  occurred.  One  more  remark  is  proper  under  this 
head,  viz  :  that  we  have  been  more  slow  to  allow  solid 
food,  to  those  who  were  recovering  early,  apparently 
from  the  influence  of  treatment,  than  to  those  in  whom 
the  disease  had  run  through  its  natural  course.  Thus  the 
shortest  cases  are  the  least  liable  to  suspicion  on  this 
score. 

Whether  any  other  mode  of  determining  the  period  of 
convalescence  might  be  adopted  is  not  now  the  question. 
It  does  not  seem  to  me  that  any  is  more  fair  ;  but  some 
further  remarks  and  calculations  in  reference  to  this  point 
will  follow  presently.  The  reader  will  perceive  that  we 
must  adopt  the  mode  which  M.  Louis  has  followed,  in 
order  to  compare  our  cases  with  his. 

In  the  calculations  which  follow,  reference  will  be  had 
in  the  first  instance  to  all  the  cases  ;  but  there  are  three 
to  which  exceptions  may  be  made.  One  is  IX.  the 


120 

second  XIII.  and  the  third  XXV.  IX.  entered  the 
hospital  on  the  15th  day  of  the  disease,  and  was  con- 
valescent on  the  26th  day ;  XXV.  entered  on  the  14th 
day,  and  was  convalescent  on  the  24th  day ;  in  both 
these  the  chance  for  treatment  was  so  bad,  and  the  dis- 
ease so  slow  in  advancing  to  convalescence,  that  it  may 
be  doubted  whether  they  ought  to  be  included.  XIII. 
on  the  other  hand,  was  already  in  the  hospital  when 
pneumonitis  occurred,  and  was  convalescent  on  the  4th 
day.  The  right  of  this  case  to  be  admitted  into  this 
table  may  be  disputed.  That  the  reader  may  judge  for 
himself,  the  case  will  be  given  in  detail.  Meanwhile  it 
will  be  deducted  in  the  calculations,  as  will  be  seen,  so 
as  to  show  the  general  results  without  it. 

The  great  object  of  M.  Louis's  researches  is  to  show 
the  influence  of  bloodletting,  according  to  the  circum- 
stances of  each  case,  and  to  the  extent  to  which  it  has 
been  carried.  This  therefore  will  be  the  first  point  to 
which  attention  will  be  given. 

In  four  cases,  XIII.  XVI.  XXL  and  XXII.  venesection 
was  first  practised  on  the  first  day  of  the  disease.  In  these 
cases  convalescence  took  place  on  the  4th,  14th,  13th, 
and  13th  days,  respectively.  The  aggregate  of  these 
days  is  44,  and  this  divided  by  4  gives  the  llth  as  the 
average  day  of  convalescence  in  these  cases.  If  we 
deduct  XIII.  for  the  reasons  already  given,  we  have  for 
the  other  three  cases  the  13^  as  the  average  day  of 
convalescence.  In  these  cases,  except  XIII. ,  venesection 


121 


was  performed  four  times  in  each ;  in  XIII.  once  ;  giving 
an  average  of  3 A  times  if  the  whole  be  taken,  or  if  XIII. 
be  omitted,  an  average  of  four  times  for  the  rest.  The 
quantity  of  blood  abstracted  was  49  ounces  on  an  average 
for  each  case ;  or  omitting  XIII.  it  was  61 J  ounces. 

What  has  here  been  stated  in  detail  will  be  given  in 
the  table  next  following,  (Table  II.)  and  the  succeeding 
tables  will  give  the  results  of  a  corresponding  nature,  as 
to  those  who  were  bled  on  other  days.  The  heading  of 
one  table  will  answer  for  all. 

TABLE  II. —  Cases  in  which  Venesection  was  practised  on  the  first 
day  of  the  disease. 


No.  of  case  in  Ta- 
ble I. 

The  number  of  Vene- 
sections 

kOunces  of  blood 
taken. 

Day  of  convales- 
cence. 

XIII. 

1 

12 

4th 

XVI. 

4 

74 

14th 

XXI. 

4 

60 

13th 

XXII. 
4  cases 
deduct  XIII. 

4 

50 

13th    , 

13—  4=3£ 
1 

196^4=49 
12 

44th-M=llth 

4th 

3  cases     12-^-3=4 


TABLE  III.  —  Venesection  on  second  day. 


III. 

2 

28 

13th 

VII. 

1 

16 

9th 

VIII. 

2 

22 

13th 

X. 

1 

16* 

14th 

XI. 

1 

34 

13th 

XII. 

4 

80* 

15th 

XVIII. 

2 

37 

8th 

XIX. 

3 

42 

12th 

XXIX. 

2 

44 

10th 

9  cases        18-^9=2 

319-^9=35f 

107-^9=11| 

*  The  asterisk  affixed  to  the  numbers  in  this  and  the  other  similar 
tables,  is  to  indicate  that  the  quantity  was  not  exactly  ascertained. 

16 


122 


TABLE  IV. — Venesection  on  third  day. 


I. 

XX. 
XXXII. 
3  cases 

1 
3 

2 

13 
52 
30* 

llth 
llth 

16th 

6-1-3=2 

95-i-3=31f 

38-^-3==12f 

r 

II. 
V. 
XXIII. 
XXX. 
XXXI. 
XXXIII. 
6  cases 

FABLE.  V.- 

I 

3  &  leeches 
1 

! 

Venesection  on  four 

7 
16 
50* 
16* 
8 
16 

th  day. 

8th 
9th 
17th 
13th 
12th 
14th 

8-^6=l^|  113-h6=18| 

73-^6=12^ 

XIV. 
XXVII. 
2  cases 

TABLE  VI.- 

1 
2 

-Venesection  onfift 

12 

28 

h  day. 

15th 
10th 

3-i-2=l||     40-^2=20 

25-i-2=12^ 

TABLE  VII.—  Venesection  on  sixth,  eighth,  ninth,  fourteenth,  and 
nineteenth  days  ;  one  case  on  each  day. 


Day  of  Venesection 

6th 

XVII. 

1 

22 

13th 

8th 

XXVIII. 

1 

20 

13th 

9th 

IV. 

2 

27 

15th 

14th 

XXV. 

2 

30 

24th 

19th 

IX. 

2  &•  leeches 

26 

26th 

If  now  we  take  those  bled  for  the  first  time  on  the  1st, 
2d,  and  3d  days  together,  it  will  be  seen  that  there  were 
16  cases,  and  that  the  average  period  of  convalescence 
was  on  the  1 1||,  or  in  decimals  1 1 .81  day.  But  omitting 
case  XIII.  the  result  of  the  15  cases  will  be  that  conva- 
lescence occurred  on  an  average  on  the  12£  or  12.33  day. 


123 


If  we  take  those  bled  for  the  first  time  on  the  4th  day 
or  before,  as  M.  Louis  has  done,  the  result  will  be  that 
in  the  22  cases  convalescence  took  place  on  an  average 
on  the  llii-j  or  11.90  days.  And  again  omitting  XIII. 
we  have  as  the  answer  the  12/T,  or  12.28  day. 

As  opposed  to  the  foregoing  we  may  take  all  those  bled 
for  the  first  time  after  the  4th  day,  and  we  have  7  cases 
in  which  convalescence  took  place  on  an  average  on  the 
16f,  or  16.57  day.  But,  omitting  cases  IX.  and  XXV. 
we  have  5  cases,  viz. :  those  bled  on  the  5th,  6th,  8th, 
and  9th  days,  in  which  the  average  day  of  convalescence 
was  the  13i,  or  13.20. 

The  whole  number  of  those  who  were  bled,  was  29  ; 
and  the  average  day  of  convalescence  was  13^?  or  13.03. 
Or,  omitting  the  three  exceptionable  cases,  for  the  other 
26  cases,  it  was  the  12Jf ,  or  12.46  day. 

There  remain  5  cases,  in  which  bloodletting  was  not 
employed,  except  only  six  leeches  in  one  of  them.  In 
these  the  period  of  convalescence  was  on  the  14J,  or 
14.60  day. 

We  thus  see  that,  so  far  as  the  few  cases  I  have  fur- 
nished go  to  decide  the  question,  we  have  shortened  the 
period  from  the  commencement  of  pneumonitis  to  the 
period  of  convalescence,  (by  bleeding  on  the  1st  day,) 
from  14.60  days  to  11  days.  That  is,  we  have  dimin- 
ished the  period  by  about  one  quarter.  If  it  be  said  that 
other  remedies  were  employed,  the  answer  is  that  other 
remedies  were  employed  in  all  the  cases.  Next,  if  we 


124 

take  the  least  favorable  view  of  the  effects  of  bloodletting, 
we  have  diminished  the  period  about  one  tenth. 

But  this  would  not  be  representing  the  subject  in  a 
light  sufficiently  favorable  to  the  cause  of  our  remedy  ; 
for,  in  truth,  the  cases,  in  which  bloodletting  was  not 
employed,  were  much  less  severe  than  the  others,  taking 
an  average  on  each  side.  So  that  the  advantage,  derived 
from  bloodletting  in  our  practice,  is  greater  than  that 
derived  from  the  same  treatment  in  the  hands  of  M.  Louis. 
It  may  be  suspected  that  this  difference  is  to  be  attributed 
to  the  other  treatment  employed  by  us.  When  all  our 
statements  have  been  made,  this  opinion  will  not  appear 
very  tenable.  The  average  period  for  all  our  34  patients 
taken  together  was  13^,  or  13.26.  This  is  much  less 
than  for  the  cases  reported  by  M.  Louis.  For  this  great 
difference  I  think  the  most  probable  explanation  is  that 
our  hospital  is  much  smaller  than  that  of  la  Pitie ;  that 
the  comfort  of  the  patients  is  provided  for  in  every  respect 
better  than  in  the  larger  European  hospitals ;  and  that, 
especially,  there  is  always  preserved  in  our  hospital  a 
higher  temperature  than  in  the  Paris  hospitals.  If  there 
be  exceptions  to  this  remark  among  the  hospitals  in  Paris, 
la  Pitie  is  not  one  of  them,  unless  I  have  been  misin- 
formed. 

It  is  very  certain  that  our  patients  have  an  early  con- 
valescence, in  proportion  as  they  enter  the  hospital  early 
after  the  commencement  of  their  disease.  In  regard  to 
the  34  cases  in  table  I.  this  will  appear  by  comparing  the 


125 

dates  in  the  second  and  third  columns  of  that  table  with 
the  period  of  convalescence.  It  will  there  appear  that 
the  patients  entered  from  the  1st  to  the  15th  day  of  the 
disease ;  the  following  table  will  exhibit  the  results. 

TABLE  VIII. 

2  entered  on  the  1st  day  of  disease,  average  convalescence  8£  day. 


2 

3d 

13 

7 
3 
4 

4th 
5th 
6th 

12 

:!::::    III 

1 

7th 

.        .        .  !        .        .        .        16 

4 
1 

8th 
14th 

24 

1 

15th 

26 

As  however  our  numbers  are  small  we  shall  have  a 
better  and  fairer  view  of  the  subject  by  the  following 
statement. 

Twenty  entered  on  the  1st  to  the  4th  day  inclusive, 
and  the  average  period  for  these  was  11£  days.  In  these 
is  included  XIII.  a  woman  who  was  already  in  the  hospital 
when  seized  with  pneumonitis,  and  is  represented  there- 
fore as  having  entered  on  the  first  day.  Excluding  her 
case  as  doubtful,  the  average  period  of  the  other  19 
cases  is  HT|->  or  nearly  12  days. 

Twelve  entered  from  the  5th  to  8th  day  inclusive, 
and  the  average  period  for  these  was  14J  days.  Here 
is  a  difference  (between  12  days  and  14J)  of  a  little  less 
than  a  fifth  of  the  larger  number. 

Two  entered,  one  on  the  14th,  and  one  on  the  15th 
day  of  disease,  and  their  average  period  was  25  days. 

It  will  be  seen  presently  that  no  other  circumstance 


126 


exercised  so  great  an  influence  on  the  period  of  conva- 
lescence as  this.  So  that  it  would  seem  to  be  of  less 
importance,  whether  our  patients  were  bled  or  not,  than 
whether  they  entered  the  hospital  early  or  late.  This  is 
a  result,  which  would  not  probably  have  been  antici- 
pated even  by  men  of  experience. 

I  shall  now  examine  the  other  circumstances  in  regard 
to  our  patients  in  the  order  of  the  columns  in  Table  I. 

The  following  table  gives  the  ages  of  the  patients, 
whose  cases  are  under  our  consideration,  with  the  periods 
of  convalescence  ;  an  average  of  that  period  being  given, 
where  two  or  more  were  of  the  same  age. 

TABLE  IX. 


Cases. 

Age. 

Convalescence. 

Aggregate  period  in  days.  |  Average  period  in  days. 

1 

16  years. 

18 

18 

1 

17 

9 

9 

1 

18 

13 

13 

1 

19 

14 

14 

3 

20 

36-^-3= 

12 

2 

21 

22—2= 

11 

3 

22 

54-f-3= 

18 

2 

23 

31-^2= 

151 

1 

24 

12 

12 

1 

25 

15 

15 

1 

26 

15 

15 

3 

28 

42-^-3= 

14 

1 

29 

13 

13 

3 

30 

32-^-3= 

lOf 

1 

31 

12 

12 

2 

33 

20-^-2= 

10 

2 

35 

38-4-2= 

19 

1 

36 

4 

4 

1 

37 

14 

14 

1 

42 

17 

17 

1 

45 

8 

8 

1 

47 

15 

15 

127 

If  now  we  take  the  sum  of  the  aggregate  days  of  all 
these,  from  16  to  20  years  of  age  inclusive,  we  find  it  to 
be  90,  and  the  cases  are  7 ;  so  that  we  have  90  -r-  7 = 12f ; 
and  we  may  say,  therefore,  that  on  an  average  these  pa- 
tients were  convalescent  on  the  13th  nearly.  In  like 
manner  those  from  21  to  30  are  found  to  have  been  con- 
valescent on  an  average  on  the  13|f ,  or  nearly  the  14th 
day.  But  in  these  cases  is  included  IX.,  one  of  the 
cases  which  may  be  deemed  exceptionable.  If  this  be 
deducted,  13|,  or,  we  may  say,  the  13th  was  the  day  of 
convalescence  on  an  average.  In  the  remaining  cases 
the  patients  were  from  31  to  47  years  of  age  inclusive, 
and  the  average  day  for  these  is  12TV  But  in  these 
cases  XIII.  and  XXV.  are  included.  If  these  be  de- 
ducted, the  average  day  will  be  12£.  Thus  it  happens, 
that  those  in  the  last  division  arrived  the  earliest  at 
convalescence,  and  those  in  the  middle  division  the 
latest ;  showing  that  in  this  small  number  of  cases  age 
had  not  a  controlling  influence. 

The  number  of  cases  here  considered  is  so  small  that 
we  cannot  make  any  important  inferences  from  them 
alone.  As  to  the  influence  of  age  they  give  results,  dif- 
ferent from  those  furnished  from  the  more  numerous 
cases  of  M.  Louis.  Perhaps  an  exact  investigation  of 
the  circumstances  would  afford  an  explanation  of  the 
differences.  As  the  period  of  the  disease,  at  which  our 
patients  have  entered,  has  been  shown  to  have  a  great 
influence,  I  have  looked  to  that  source  for  an  explana- 
tion. I  do  not  find  it  however.  It  appears  that  those 


123 

of  the  first  division  entered  on  an  average  on  4J  day  ; 
those  of  the  second  on  the  4^  ;  and  those  of  the  last 
in  the  5£.  Thus  in  this  respect,  as  well  as  in  re- 
spect to  age,  the  first  division  was  under  the  most 
favorable,  and  the  last  under  the  least  favorable  cir- 
cumstances. 

In  regard  to  sex,  25  of  the  cases  were  males,  and  their 
period  of  convalescence  was  on  the  13  ^  day  ;  9  were 
females,  and  the  similar  period  with  them  was  the  13f  . 
Thus  sex  does  not  appear  to  have  influenced  the  result. 

In  18  cases  the  right  side  was  affected  ;  in  12  the  left 
side  ;  in  the  remaining  4  there  was  reason  to  suppose  that 
both  sides  were  affected. 

It  will  appear  in  7th  column  of  table  I.  that  our 
patients  were  not,  all  of  them,  in  perfect  health  at  the 
time,  when  they  were  attacked  by  pneumonitis.  An  ex- 
amination of  the  table  affords  the  following  results. 

Eleven  patients  were  in  good  health,  or  are  believed 
to  have  been  so,  at  the  attack,  and  in  them  the  day  of 
convalescence  was  on  an  average  the  ISly- 

Fourteen  patients  had  acute  catarrh,  or  catarrhal  cough, 
in  some  of  them  the  epidemic  catarrh,  (influenza).  In 
these  the  day  of  convalescence  was  on  an  average  the 


Nine  of  them  had  other  and  various  complaints,  and 
in  these  the  day  of  convalescence  was  on  an  average  the 


In  the  first  of  these    divisions    was    case    IX.    of 


129 


which  the  duration  was  26  days.  In  the  last  was  case 
XXV.,  of  which  the  duration  was  24  days.  While  in 
the  second  was  the  other  exceptionable  case,  XIII.,  of 
which  the  duration  was  only  4  days.  If  these  cases  be 
deducted  from  the  several  divisions,  to  which  they  belong, 
it  will  be  found  that  the  average  duration  for  each,  in 
their  order,  will  be  respectively  12-^y,  12f£,  and  12£. 
The  difference  is  so  small,  that  we  may  infer,  as  safely  as 
can  be  done  in  so  small  a  number  of  cases,  that  the 
previous  ill  health  in  our  patients  was  not  of  a  kind  to 
produce  any  important  influence  on  the  result. 

In  29  cases  vesication  was  employed  about  the  chest, 
and  on  an  average  twice  for  each  patient ;  the  average 
period  of  convalescence  in  these  was  the  13th  day,  or  a 
little  later.  In  5  cases  vesication  was  not  employed,  and 
in  them  the  average  period  of  convalescence  was  on  the 
12|  day.  This  result  seems  to  confirm  that  of  M.  Louis. 
But  I  must  believe  that  our  results  may  be  explained 
without  admitting  that  vesication  was  injurious ;  and  it 
might  be  rendered  probable  that  it  was  useful.  I  may 
venture  to  say  with  confidence,  from  the  universal  prac- 
tice among  us,  that  vesication  was  omitted  in  the  five 
cases,  because  neither  pain,  nor  dyspnoea  were  urgent 
symptoms.  If  we  look  under  the  column  of  Remarks  at 
these  five  cases,  we  find,  in  respect  to  XIX.  that  the 
pain  and  dyspnoea  at  one  time,  and  the  pain  at  another, 
were  promptly  relieved  by  venesection ;  and,  in  respect 
to  the  other  cases,  that  they  were  not  severe. 
17 


130 

The  inquiries  in  respect  to  the  internal  remedies  will 
be  more  complicated,  than  those,  which  relate  to  the  pre- 
ceding columns.  Some  prefatory  remarks  will  facili- 
tate these  inquiries. 

It  has  been  a  common  practice  with  us,  and  I  believe 
in  most  parts  of  our  country,  to  employ  emetics  and 
cathartics  freely,  as  well  as  bloodletting,  in  the  treatment 
of  inflammatory  diseases.  They  have  been  thought  useful 
as  modes  of  evacuation,  and  are  tried  by  many  in  the 
first  instance  with  the  intention  to  avoid  bloodletting,  if 
possible.  Besides,  emetics,  and  especially  antimonial 
emetics,  have  seemed  to  exercise  an  influence  in  abating 
inflammation,  independent  of  the  amount  of  the  evacua- 
tions they  have  induced.  This  influence  will  probably 
be  admitted  by  those  of  the  present  day,  who  employ 
antimonials  for  the  same  purpose.  It  will  be  found  that 
emetics  have  been  used  in  many  of  our  cases,  and  cathar- 
tics in  almost  every  one.  But  we  have  not  the  means 
of  deciding  their  influence  on  the  disease  ;  as  other  rem- 
edies have  been  used  simultaneously,  or  very  soon  after 
them.  While,  therefore,  I  am  disposed  to  think  that 
they  have  often  been  beneficially  employed  ;  yet  as  each 
case  has  had  a  chance  of  like  benefit,  or  nearly  so,  they 
may  be  put  out  of  the  question  in  our  endeavors  to  esti- 
mate the  effects  of  other  remedies.  Further,  it  is  more 
difficult  to  decide  on  their  influence,  because  the  other 
remedies  so  often  act  in  some  measure  as  emetics,  or 
cathartics,  or  both. 


131 


Opium  also  has  been  employed  in  almost  every  case, 
more  or  less  freely,  as  is  the  usual  practice  in  our  country. 
It  has  been  employed,  in  combination  with  other  remedies, 
to  restrain  their  operation  on  the  stomach  and  bowels 
within  due  bounds ;  and,  when  the  quantity  thus  given 
has  not  been  sufficient  to  prevent  excessive  or  painful 
coughing,  more  opium  has  been  given  for  this  last  pur- 
pose. The  use  of  it  may  be  carried  too  far,  no  doubt ; 
and  we  think  it  is  so,  when  the  tongue  is  rendered  dry  ; 
when  the  pulse  becomes  more  full,  swelling  under  the  rin- 
ger ;  or  when  it  acts  powerfully  as  a  soporific,  the  respi- 
ration becoming  heavy,  and  the  cough  being  suppressed 
almost  entirely.  But,  generally,  it  is  thought  by  us  to 
contribute  to  the  comfort  of  the  patient,  without  inducing 
any  serious  inconvenience.  Usually  it  will  be  found  that 
from  half  a  grain  to  two  grains  are  given  in  a  day ;  and 
especially  when  mercurials  are  employed.  With  colchi- 
cum,  and  with  tartarized  antimony,  (tartar  emetic)  much 
less  is  usually  given,  and  sometimes  none  at  all.  We 
cannot  however  attempt  to  show  how  far  it  has  been 
beneficial,  or  not,  upon  the  principles  of  the  numerical 
method. 

The  three  remedies,  which  are  to  be  brought  into  com- 
parison are  mercurials,  colchicum,  (colchicum  autum- 
nale,)  and  tartarized  antimony.  These  have  been  sup- 
posed to  be  useful  in  inflammatory  diseases  generally.  It 
would  be  inconsistent  with  the  plan  of  the  present  work 
to  state  the  theoretical  principles,  on  which  their  use  has 


132 

been  supported.  The  manner  of  exhibiting  them,  and 
the  extent,  to  which  they  have  commonly  been  employed, 
may  now  be  most  conveniently  stated. 

First,  mercury.  The  preparation  of  this  article,  which 
is  almost  exclusively  employed  by  us  in  acute  diseases, 
is  calomel,  (hydrargyri  submurias.)  This  is  denoted  in 
Table  I.  by  H.  S.  It  often  enters  into  the  composition 
of  the  cathartic  administered  in  the  commencement  of 
the  treatment.  But,  when  mentioned  in  the  table,  it 
may  be  understood  that  it  is  employed  in  small  doses, 
from  one  to  four  grains.  In  these  doses  it  is  given  from 
once  to  four  times  a  day.  But  it  is  no  longer  adminis- 
tered, or  only  once  a  day  in  a  small  dose,  after  the  mouth 
is  found  to  be  affected  by  it  in  a  sensible  degree.  In  our 
hospital  it  is  very  rarely  used,  by  design,  to  such  an  extent 
as  to  induce  any  marked,  or  free  salivation ;  but  occasion- 
ally, it  must  be  allowed,  such  an  effect  takes  place,  and 
in  some  rare  instances  the  salivation  and  soreness  of  mouth 
become  very  inconvenient.  Such  instances,  however,  are 
very  rare  in  acute  diseases. 

With  us  the  submuriate  of  mercury  is  very  rarely  ad- 
ministered alone.  It  has  sometimes  been  given  in  com- 
bination with  colchicum,  or  alternately  with  colchicum, 
on  the  same  day,  some  opium  being  added.  But  it  is 
more  commonly  given  in  combination  with  opium  and 
tartarized  antimony. 

Such  a  combination  is  found  in  our  pillula  hydrargyri 
submuriatis  composita,  denoted  in  the  table  by  PiL  H.  S. 
C.  This  pill  is  prepared  as  follows. 


133 

R.  Antimon.  Tartar.  gr.  i* 

Pulv.  Opii.  gr.  ii. 

Hydr.  Submur.  gr.  x. 

Mucilag.  G.  Arab.  Q.S. 

M.  f.  pil.  No.  VI. 

Of  these  pills  from  one  to  eight  are  given  in  a  day, 
most  commonly  four,  one  at  a  time,  in  the  cases  of  pneumo- 
nitis,  in  which  it  is  prescribed.  The  same  articles  are  some- 
times given  in  different  proportions ;  but  then  a  special 
recipe  is  furnished,  and  the  article  does  not  bear  the  name 
above  given.  All  this  is  determined  by  the  estimate,  in  the 
mind  of  the  physician,  of  the  constitution  of  the  patient,  and 
the  violence  of  the  disease.  When  it  is  evident  that  the 
disease  is  subsiding  kindly,  while  the  mouth  is  not  yet 
sore,  the  use  of  the  mercurial  is  omitted.  Likewise,  the 
medicine  is  abandoned,  when  it  is  found  to  occasion 
peculiar  inconvenience  to  the  patient. 

Second,  colchicum.  Sometimes  the  root,  sometimes 
the  seeds  of  this  article  have  been  used  by  us  in  the 
manner  and  upon  the  principles  laid  down  by  Mr. 
Haden,  of  London,  in  his  treatise  on  this  article  of  the 
materia  medica.  That  is,  it  is  given  in  aid,  or  as  a  sub- 
stitute for  bloodletting  ;  and  it  is  given  in  such  doses  as 
to  induce  nausea  at  least,  and  usually  vomiting  and  purg- 
ing ;  and  then  continued  in  such  doses,  as  can  be  borne 
by  the  patient  without  much  inconvenience.  For  this 
purpose,  from  six  to  eight  grains  of  the  root,  and  com- 
monly three  of  the  seeds,  are  given  at  a  dose  ;  and  at 


134 

first  a  dose  is  given  once  in  six  hours.  The  operative 
effects  are  not  seen,  in  many  cases,  till  six  or  eight  doses 
have  been  given.  Then  they  are  often  quite  violent, 
copious  sweating,  as  well  as  vomiting  and  purging,  taking 
place  ;  the  pulse  at  the  same  time  diminishing  in  hard- 
ness, force  and  frequency,  and  the  muscular  strength  be- 
ing greatly  prostrated.  The  appearance  of  the  amend- 
ment in  such  cases  is  sometimes  very  striking ;  equal  to 
that  which  follows  the  most  profuse  bleeding ;  while  the 
permanent  reduction  of  strength  has  been  thought  to  be 
less  than  that  from  large  bleedings.  Sometimes  the 
relief  seems  to  ensue  without  such  powerful,  temporary 
influence.  But  on  the  other  hand  the  sufferings  of  the 
patient  are  often  great,  when  this  medicine  acts  power- 
fully ;  though  I  have  never  seen  an  instance,  in  which  it 
seemed  to  increase  the  risk  of  life.  In  some  cases,  how- 
ever, the  patient  seems  quite  unable  to  bear  the  con- 
tinued use  of  this  article  for  more  than  a  single  day. 
When  colchicum  and  calomel  have  been  used  in  the 
same  case,  it  has  usually  been  in  succession ;  one  being 
omitted,  when  the  other  has  been  prescribed. 

Third,  of  tartarized  antimony.  It  is  useless  to  state 
how  long  antimonials  have  been  employed  in  febrile  and 
inflammatory  diseases.  The  use  of  them,  however,  in 
large  doses,  frequently  repeated,  without  a  view  to  their 
operative  effects,  and  with  a  design  to  avoid  these  in  a 
great  measure,  is,  I  believe,  comparatively  of  modern 
date.  Such  a  use  of  them  was  first  made  known  to  me 


135 

in  the  work  of  Odier,  of  Geneva,  on  practical  medicine,1 
which  I  read  more  than  twenty  years  ago.  I  employed 
it,  according  to  his  doctrine,  principally  in  typhus  fever, 
when  it  assumed  an  inflammatory  character.  In  later 
years  its  use  has  been  extended  among  us  to  pneumoni- 
tis  and  other  inflammatory  diseases,  in  consequence  of 
the  recommendations  of  the  Italian  and  French  physi- 
cians. At  our  hospital  we  have  most  commonly  followed 
the  mode  of  Odier,  which  is  the  following : — A  solution 
of  the  tartarized  antimony  is  made  of  such  strength  that 
every  fluid  drachm  may  contain  a  quarter  of  a  grain  of 
the  mineral.  A  dose  of  this  solution  is  given  every  two 
hours.  At  first,  half  a  drachm  or  a  drachm  is  administer- 
ed, but  each  succeeding  dose  is  increased  by  half  a  drachm 
or  a  drachm,  until  nausea,  vomiting,  or  purging  is  induced. 
As  soon  as  either  of  these  occur  in  an  inconvenient 
degree,  the  dose  is  reduced  to  such  a  quantity  as  the 
patient  can  conveniently  bear;  or  the  medicine  is  sus- 
pended, till  the  operative  effects  have  ceased,  and  then 
recommenced  in  a  smaller  dose.  It  will  thus  be  per- 
ceived that  the  sensible  effects  of  this  medicine  and  of 
the  colchicum  are  very  similar,  and  so  are  the  appearan- 
ces of  temporary  relief.  These  last,  however,  have  not 
been  so  striking  to  me  in  the  case  of  the  antimony,  as  in 
that  of  the  colchicum.  There  are  also  patients,  who 
cannot  bear  the  continuance  of  the  antimony,  without 

1  Manuel  de  Medecine — pratique  &c.  par  Louis  Odier;   a  Paris- 
eta  Geneve,  1811. 


136 


very  distressing  effects.  On  the  other  hand  some  patients 
endure  it  with  very  little,  if  any,  immediate  inconvenience, 
for  three  to  six  days,  in  very  large  doses.  A  case  will  be 
given  in  detail,  in  which  the  patient  took  nearly  six  grains 
every  two  hours.  Two  grains  every  two  hours  may  be 
taken  by  many  patients  with  very  little  sensible  effect  for 
several  days  in  succession.  At  last,  however,  some  patients 
feel  a  horror  of  the  article,  without  being  able  to  point 
out  what  evils  they  experience  from  it.  When  not  well 
diluted,  (an  ounce  of  water  should  be  added  to  each 
drachm  of  the  solution,  when  administered)  and  in  one 
case  when  diluted,  I  have  known  it  produce  redness, 
soreness,  and  even  pustules,  in  the  fauces.  The  powers 
of  life  are  much  depressed  under  its  long  continued  use, 
and  it  has  been  suspected  of  contributing  to  a  fatal  issue 
of  the  disease,  for  which  it  has  been  given.  It  has  been 
suspected  too  of  acting  on  the  stomach  and  bowels  in  a 
manner  analogous  to  that,  in  which  it  acts  on  the  skin 
and  fauces.  The  only  case,  in  which  I  feared  that  it 
might  have  contributed  to  a  fatal  issue,  is  the  one  which 
will  be  given  in  detail. 

I  will  give  the  results,  which  followed  the  use  of  the 
three  remedies  above  mentioned,  as  to  the  duration  of  the 
disease,  taking  the  same  criterion  for  the  days  of  con- 
valescence as  before,  and  giving  the  average  period  for 
each  group.  It  will  be  borne  in  mind  that  those  who 
took  mercurials  always  used  small  doses  of  antimony  as 
well  as  of  opium  at  the  same  time ;  but  they  are  not  here 


137 

noted  as  taking  antimony   also,  unless  where  this  was 
used  freely  in  the  manner  stated  above. 

I.  In  16  cases  mercury  was  given,  and  a  sore  mouth 
produced  ;  in  these  the  day  of  convalescence  was  on  an 
average  13f,  or,  in  decimals,  13.62. 

From  these  we  may  deduct  three,  viz.  VI.  and  XV. 
who  were  not  bled,  and  IX.  who  was  bled  on  the  19th 
day ;  and  in  the  remaining  thirteen  cases,  who  were  all 
bled  as  early  as  the  6th  day,  the  day  of  convalescence 
was  on  an  average  the  12^,  or,  in  decimals,  12.30. 

Of  these  sixteen  cases,  12  also  took  colchicum  to  some 
extent,  and  in  them  the  day  of  convalescence  was  on  an 
average  13f ,  or,  13.75 ;  omit  IX.,  and  of  the  remaining 
12  the  days  the  12J,  or  12.77. 

One  of  these  16  cases  took  both  colchicum  and  anti- 
mony in  full  doses,  and  was  convalescent  on  the  13th 
day. 

II.  In  8  cases  mercury  was  given,  but  the  mouth  was 
not  made  sore.     In  them  the  day  of  convalescence  was 
on  an  average  the  Hi,  or  11.50. 

In  these  8  cases  is  included  XIII. ,  an  exceptionable 
case.  If  this  be  deducted,  we  have  7  cases,  in  which 
the  day  of  convalescence  was  on  an  average  the  12y, 
or,  12.57. 

Of  these  8  cases,  3  took  colchicum  also,  and  the  day 
of  convalescence  was  on  an  average  the  12^,  or  12.66. 

Of  the  same  8  cases,  2  took  antimony  also,  and  the 
day  of  convalescence  was  on  an  average  the  15th. 

18 


138 

III.  In   17  cases  colchicum  was  given  and  in  these 
the  day  of  convalescence  was  on  an  average  the  14T2T,  or 
14.11. 

In  these  are  included  IX.  and  XXV. ;  and,  if  these 
be  deducted,  we  have  15  cases,  in  which  the  day  of  con- 
valescence was  on  an  average  the  12f,  or  12.66. 

Of  these  17  there  were  two  only,  who  took  colchicum 
without  any  mercury,  or  any  antimony.  These  were 
XXV.,  convalescent  on  the  24th  day,  one  of  the  three 
exceptionable  cases  ;  and  XXIX.,  who  was  convalescent 
on  the  10th  day. 

IV.  In  S  cases  tartarized  antimony  was  given  with- 
out mercury  and  without  colchicum ;   in  these  the  day 
of  convalescence  was  on  an  average  the  13|,  or  13.37. 

Of  these  8  cases,  2,  XXVI.  and  XXXIV.,  were  not 
bled.  Their  ages  were  37  and  47,  average  42.  They 
entered  the  hospital,  one  on  the  6th  and  one  on  the  8th 
day,  of  disease.  In  them  the  day  of  convalescence  was 
on  an  average  the  14£,  or  14.50. 

Of  the  other  6  cases  among  the  8,  the  mean  age 
was  26£  years.  They  entered  the  hospital  from  the  2d  to 
the  8th  day  of  the  disease ;  on  an  average  on  the  6th 
day.  In  these  6  cases  the  day  of  convalescence  was  on 
an  average  the  13th. 

In  reviewing  these  cases  it  will  be  manifest  that  the 
difference,  as  to  the  period  of  convalescence,  is  so  trifling, 
that  it  may  be  regarded  as  nothing,  whether  we  employ 
mercurials  with,  or  without  colchicum,  or  antimony,  after 


139 


bloodletting.  Of  the  effect  of  colchicum  alone  we  have 
not  the  materials  for  forming  an  opinion. 

It  does  not,  necessarily,  follow  that  these  medicines 
had  not  any  effect,  or  not  any  good  effect,  in  our  cases. 
For  myself,  I  am  ready  to  say,  that  under  the  responsi- 
bility which  a  physician  owes  to  his  patient,  I  s.hould  not, 
at  present,  feel  at  liberty  to  omit  all  the  articles  above- 
mentioned  in  the  treatment  of  a  case  of  pneumonitis. 
Yet,  on  the  other  hand,  I  should  hold  it  unwise  to  per- 
severe in  the  use  of  them  in  any  instance,  in  which  they 
should  occasion  peculiar  inconvenience,  or  suffering  to 
the  patient. 

The  column  in  Table  I.  respecting  the  days  of  con- 
.valescence,  has  necessarily  been  referred  to  in  describing 
the  other  columns,  and  needs  not  any  separate  remarks. 

The  next  column  respects  relapses.  It  will  be  seen 
that  the  instances  of  relapse  were  very  few  ;  and  they  all 
are  accounted  for  by  obvious  errors.  The  reality  of  the 
convalescence  after  relapse  on  the  days  marked  in  this 
column  may  be  confidently  relied  on. 

The  next,  and  last  column  but  one,  contains  the  date 
of  the  discharge  of  each  patient  from  the  hospital.  It 
will  be  seen  by  the  reader,  who  examines  and  compares 
with  accuracy,  that  the  period  between  the  convalescence 
and  the  discharge  differs  very  greatly  in  the  different 
cases.  Some  shrewd  man  may  hence  suspect  that  the 
convalescence  was  not  fairly,  or  exactly  stated.  But  an 
examination  of  particulars  would  soon  dissipate  suspi- 


140 


cions  of  this  sort.  Various  causes  influence  the  dis- 
charge of  a  patient.  One  pays  his  board  at  the  hos- 
pital, and  on  that  account  leaves  it  as  soon  as  possible. 
Another  is  on  a  free  bed,  or  is  supported  without  ex- 
pense to  himself,  and  is  anxious  to  remain  as  long  as 
possible.  The  readiness  with  which  men  recover  from 
acute  disease,  varies  from  constitutional  differences ;  also 
from  habitual  care  in  one,  and  habitual  carelessness  in 
another.  Accidental  diseases  of  various  kinds  attack 
some  patients  during  convalescence.  Inclemencies  of 
weather  often  prevent  the  discharge  of  a  patient  for  sev- 
eral days  after  he  is  ready  to  go  away.  In  these,  and 
probably  other  ways,  a  great  difference  will  be  occasioned 
in  the  period  between  convalescence  and  a  discharge  from 
a  hospital. 

The  last  column,  containing  remarks,  must  occupy 
more  of  our  attention ;  and  it  is  hoped  that  it  will  repay 
our  labor. 

In  the  preceding  work  M.  Louis  has  shown  us  what 
was  the  effect  of  venesection  upon  the  particular  symp- 
toms of  pneumonitis.  The  statements,  which  he  has 
made  under  this  head,  are  very  valuable.  They  serve  to 
prove  that  bleeding  does  more  than  shorten  the  disease, 
that  it  also  mitigates  its  severity.  The  same  inquiry  is 
very  interesting  as  regards  every  remedy  employed. 
Indeed  the  inquiries  of  reasonable  physicians  in  all  ages, 
respecting  the  remedies  they  have  tried,  have  been,  1st, 
whether  they  contributed  to  the  safety  of  the  patient ; 


141 


2d,  whether  they  shortened  his  disease  ;  and,  3d,  whether 
they  lessened  his  sufferings.  In  the  last  is  included  a 
comparison  of  the  inconveniences  produced  by  the  remedy 
and  of  the  relief,  which  it  has  given,  to  pain,  or  suffering, 

I  regret  that  I  cannot  answer  all  these  inquiries  fully 
and  explicitly  as  to  the  cases,  of  which  I  have  made  an 
analysis.  I  cannot,  because  the  records  are  not  always 
sufficiently  full  and  precise.  The  failure  in  these  respects 
is  found  most  frequently,  when  the  patient  has  been  obvi- 
ously better,  or  relieved  from  dangerous  symptoms.  The 
seasons,  when  pneumonitis  has  been  most  prevalent,  have 
been  those  when  the  influenza  has  been  epidemic,  as  has 
before  been  stated.  In  these  seasons  our  hospital  has 
usually  been  uncommonly  full,  and  at  the  same  time  the 
officers  and  nurses  have  been  taken  off  by  the  epidemic. 
Hence  our  attention  to  the  record  of  cases,  which  are 
doing  well,  has  been  diminished,  that  we  might  be  more 
exact  as  to  those,  whose  cases  were  doubtful.  In  addi- 
tion to  this,  where  different  remedies  are  employed  on 
the  same  day,  such  as  venesection  and  vesication,  it  is 
not  possible  to  distinguish  between  their  effects.  Having 
premised  these  remarks,  I  shall  state  what  may  be  gath- 
ered from  Table  I.,  in  reference  to  the  change  in  symp- 
toms after  the  use  of  venesection ;  recalling  to  the  read- 
er's mind  that  blisters  have  followed  bleeding,  on  the 
same  day,  in  most  instances. 

The  following  table  exhibits  the  most  distinct  view  of  the 
changes  in  the  symptoms,  following  venesection,  which  I 


142 


have  been  able  to  obtain.  The  numbers  in  the  first  col- 
umn, headed  cases,  refer  to  the  numbers  of  the  cases  in 
Table  I.  By  referring  to  that  table,  the  reader  may  sat- 
isfy himself,  what  other  remedies  were  in  use  on  the  days 
on  which  the  bleeding  took  place. 
TABLE  X. 


Case.              | 

Day  of 

disease 

Pulse 
less. 

Pain  less. 

Sputa  less  colored. 

XIII. 

1st  v.  s.  on  the 

1st 

1st  day 

1st  day 

1st  day1 

m.) 

1st     "      " 
2d     "      " 

2d 
4th 

1st  " 

1st  " 

VII. 

1st     "      " 

2d 

1st  " 

1st  " 

1st     " 

XI. 

1st     "      " 

2d 

1st  " 

1st  " 

2d     " 

XVIII. 

1st     "      " 

2d 

1st  " 

2d     " 

XIX. 

1st     "      " 

2d 

1st  " 

1st  " 

XXIX. 

1st     "      " 

2d 

1st  " 

2d     " 

I. 

1st     "      " 

3d 

1st  " 

1st  " 

2d     " 

XII. 

2d     "      " 

3d 

3d   " 

XX.  | 

1st     "      " 
2d     "      " 

3d 

4th 

2d   « 

1st  " 

1st    " 

XXI. 

3d     "      " 

3d 

3d   " 

6th    " 

II. 

1st     "      " 

4th 

1st  " 

1st  " 

1st     " 

VIII. 

2d     "      " 

4th 

1st  " 

1st     " 

XVI. 

2d     "      " 

4th 

1st  " 

1st  " 

XXIII. 

1st     "      " 

4th 

1st  " 

1st  " 

XXXI. 

1st     "      " 

4th 

3d   " 

XXXIII. 

1st     "      " 

4th 

2d   " 

XIV. 

1st     "      " 

5th 

2d    " 

XXII. 

3d      "      " 

5th 

3d   " 

1st  " 

XVII. 

1st     "      " 

6th 

1st  " 

1st  " 

3d     " 

XXVII. 

2d      "      " 

6th 

1st  " 

1st     " 

XXVIII. 

1st     "      « 

8th 

2d   " 

TV  $ 

1st     "      " 

9th 

1st  " 

( 

2d     "      « 

10th 

2d   " 

1st     " 

XXIV. 

1st     "      " 

14th 

3d   « 

1st  " 

2d      « 

IX. 

1st     "      " 

19th 

2d   " 

2d      " 

1  In  each  of  the  last  three  columns  the  days  are  counted  from  the 
v.  s.  Thus  in  case  XIII.  the  pulse  was  less  frequent  the  1st  day 
after  v.  s. 


143 

In  most  of  the  above  cases  the  effects  of  the  first 
venesection  only  are  stated  ;  in  three  cases  the  effects  of 
the  second  are  also  stated  ;  while  in  six  cases  those  of 
the  first,  or  two  first  venesections  are  not  stated,  but  those 
only  of  the  second  or  third.  In  these  last  six  cases  the 
prior  bleedings  had  not  been  followed  by  any  change  in 
the  pulse,  pain,  or  sputa ;  or  the  changes  had  not  been 
distinctly  noted,  if  they  occurred. 

It  will  be  remarked,  by  looking  at  the  third  column, 
that  the  cases  are  arranged  in  this  table  in  the  order  of 
the  days  of  the  disease,  on  which  the  venesection  was 
performed.  On  looking  down  the  fourth  column,  it  will 
be  seen  that,  on  an  average,  the  pulse  was  lessened  in 
frequency  sooner  in  those  who  were  bled  early,  than  in 
those  who  were  bled  late.  This  differs  from  the  results 
obtained  by  M.  Louis.  He  will  not  fail  to  observe  that, 
besides  other  remedies,  vesication  was  usually  made  within 
twenty-four  hours  after  the  bleeding.  Future  observations, 
which  will  not  be  made  with  more  fidelity  by  any  one, 
than  by  M.  Louis,  may  reconcile  these  discrepancies. 

In  the  fifth  column  the  pain  is  marked,  as  diminishing 
on  the  first  day  after  v.  s.  when  it  is  noted  at  all.  The 
explanation  is  that  the  relief  of  the  pain  is  not  clearly 
connected  with  the  bleeding  in  our  cases,  unless  it  occurs 
on  the  first  day ;  and,  generally,  when  said  to  occur  on 
that  day,  it  took  place  at  once,  or  in  a  few  hours  after  the 
bleeding. 

The  last  column  has  many  blanks,  which  might  have 


144 


been  filled,  if  our  records  had  been  more  precise.  But 
in  many  cases  the  changes  in  the  sputa  are  not  mentioned, 
daily  in  our  records.  Considering  the  different  periods 
at  which  v.  s.  was  performed,  and  that  in  all  the  cases, 
except  two,  the  sputa  mended  on  the  first  or  second  day 
afterward,  it  seems  that  the  bleeding  had  an  influence  on 
them.  It  may  be  supposed  however  that  in  the  cases, 
where  there  are  blanks  in  this  last  column,  there  was  not 
any  change  in  the  sputa  soon  after  the  bleedings,  and 
therefore  no  note  was  made.  It  might  be  so  in  some,  but 
not  in  most  of  these  cases,  as  I  judge  from  examining 
the  records.  The  results,  as  regards  the  sputa,  do  not 
agree,  more  than  those  respecting  the  pulse,  with  those 
of  M.  Louis. 

The  inference,  however,  to  which  we  are  brought  by 
this  table,  as  well  as  by  the  observations  on  the  same 
points  in  M.  Louis's  researches,  is  that  the  relief  to  some 
of  the  most  peculiar  symptoms  of  pneumonitis  following 
bloodletting  was  unequivocal ;  and  that  it  was  probably 
much  greater  than  we  should  be  induced  to  suppose  by 
attending  only  to  the  shortening  of  the  disease  by  the 
same  remedy.  Or,  if  it  be  said  that  the  whole  benefit  is 
not  to  be  attributed  to  the  loss  of  blood,  then  the  remark 
will  hold  good  in  respect  to  the  remedial  measures  gener- 
ally. How  far  one  or  another  contributed  to  this  relief  may 
be  judged,  in  some  measure,  from  comparisons  heretofore 
stated. 

I  regret  that  our  records  do  not  enable  me  to  state  the 


145 


effects  of  remedies  in  respect  to  dyspnoea.  In  some  in- 
stances the  relief  of  this  symptom  after  v.  s.  and  blisters 
is  distinctly  noted.  In  others,  expressions  are  used,  from 
which  I  have  not  any  doubt  that  it  occurred  at  once,  or 
on  the  day  following  the  use  of  these  remedies.  But  as 
these  expressions  are  not  explicit,  I  have  not  ventured  to 
ground  any  exact  statements  upon  them.  The  effect 
produced  on  the  eye  and  feelings  of  the  physician  by 
difficulty  of  breathing  is  such,  that  he  would  never  speak 
of  the  patient  as  having  a  better  aspect,  or  as  appearing 
decidedly  relieved,  when  that  difficulty  had  not  diminished. 
When  these  expressions  are  used,  therefore,  it  is  tolerably 
certain  that  the  dyspnoea  is  less. 

It  is  a  subject  of  regret  that  the  physical  signs  of  dis- 
ease in  the  cases,  which  have  been  under  examination, 
could  not  be  reported.  This  is  not  because  they  were 
not  noted  ;  for  in  most  of  our  cases  they  were  so.  It  is 
because  neither  my  colleagues,  nor  myself  have  felt  so 
sure  of  our  accuracy  in  distinguishing  these  signs,  until 
within  the  last  two  or  three  years,  that  we  should  choose 
to  place  any  reliance  on  our  notes.  We  were  learners, 
and  made  notes  with  a  view  to  find  out  when  we  were 
right  and  when  we  were  wrong.  In  fatal  cases  we  com- 
pared our  notes  with  the  results.  The  number  of  cases 
in  these  latter  years  was  so  small,  that  it  did  not  seem 
advisable  to  introduce  our  record  of  the  physical  signs 
in  these  only. 

I  shall  conclude  this  Appendix  by  stating  in  detail 
19 


146 

three  cases  of  pneumonitis.  The  first  is  given  merely  ss 
a  specimen  of  our  cases ;  but  it  was  selected  particularly 
on  account  of  the  erysipelas,  which  occurred  in  the  pa- 
tient during  convalescence.  It  is  case  XX.  in  Table  I. 
The  second  is  case  XIII.  in  Table  I.  in  which  convales- 
cence took  place  on  the  4th  day  of  the  pneumonitis.  It 
was  preceded  by  influenza,  and  it  was  for  this  the  patient 
had  entered  the  hospital.  As  this  is  the  only  case  in  that 
table,  in  which  the  disease  seems  to  have  been  arrested, 
almost  at  once,  by  bloodletting,  and  as  its  claim  to  be 
admitted  as  pneumonitis  may  be  questioned,  I  give  it  in 
detail.  The  third  is  a  fatal  case  not  included  in  Table  I. 
Some  remarks  will  follow  it. 

FIRST  CASE. 

Pneumonitis,  followed  by  erysipelas  of  the  face  during 
convalescence. 

N.  P.  S.  aged  33,  a  farmer  from  New  Hampshire,  en- 
tered March  29th,  1832.  He  states  that  he  had  the 
influenza  early  in  winter,  and  since  that  has  had  a  slight 
cough.  His  present  illness  commenced  yesterday  morn- 
ing, when  he  had  a  chillness,  which  caused  a  shaking 
and  chattering  of  his  teeth,  his  skin  being  at  the  same 
time  quite  hot,  accompanied  by  pains  all  over  him,  by 
cough,  loss  of  appetite  and  nausea.  He  took  at  that 
time  a  dose  of  lobelia  and  red  pepper,  which  produced 
vomiting  and  purging.  After  this  he  had  a  sense  of  re- 
lief as  to  the  stomach,  but  his  other  symptoms  continued. 


147 

Now,  6  o'clock  P.  M.  he  is  in  bed,  lying  on  his  right 
side,  face  deeply  colored,  eyes  heavy  and  suffused,  res- 
piration hurried,  without  pain,  has  a  frequent,  short 
cough,  attended  mostly  with  a  bloody,  frothy  expectora- 
tion. He  complains  chiefly  of  a  universal  soreness  and 
tenderness  over  the  surface,  has  not  much  pain  except 
in  the  head,  is  chilly  and  hot  by  times,  is  disposed  to 
sleep,  but  when  roused  becomes  restless.  Tongue  coated 
and  moist ;  p.  100,  small  and  feeble  ;  skin  hot  and  rather 
dry ;  respiration  attended  with  a  slight  mucous  rattle  in 
throat. 

Pil.  Hyd.  subm,  comp.  One  to  night  and  one  in  the 
morning. 

March  30th,  morning.  His  night  has  been  uneasy, 
without  any  sound  sleep  ;  his  cough  is  not  frequent,  but 
occasions  severe  pain  in  right  mammary  region,  expecto- 
ration as  last  evening ;  p.  84,  soft,  but  of  tolerable 
strength  and  volume  ;  respiration  not  quick,  nor  full ;  ex- 
piration accompanied  for  the  most  part  by  a  slight  grunt, 
and  frequently  by  a  hacking  cough,  without  expectora- 
tion ;  countenance  a  little  flushed ;  skin  not  hot ;  con- 
siderable thirst ;  tongue  rather  pale,  with  a  slight,  white 
irregular  coat ;  three  or  four  dejections  since  entrance  ; 
urine  scanty,  color  not  noticed. 

Mittatur  sanguis  ad  gxx. 

Cerat  Cantharid.  7  inches  by  '6,  on  right  breast. 

Pil.  Hyd.  subm.  comp.  one  every  six  hours. 

At  evening  hot  fomentations  from  knees  to  ankles  for 
an  hour. 


148 

March  31.  A  sense  of  relief  followed  v.  s.  Was 
easier  during  day  and  night ;  slept,  as  he  thinks,  half  the 
night,  but  when  awake  was  troubled  by  pain  in  the 
chest ;  was  sensible  of  relief  from  the  vesication.  Coun- 
tenance flushed;  respiration  nearly  as  yesterday,  but 
more  distressed;  cough  frequent;  expectoration  rather 
more  copious,  less  distinctly  bloody,  of  a  red,  rusty 
color ;  p.  120,  and  soft,  when  sitting  up ;  two  dejec- 
tions ;  a  chilly  turn  yesterday,  A.  M.  and  again  in  eve- 
ning, not  of  long  continuance. 

Repeat  v.  s.  till  relieved,  if  distress  in  respiration 
recur  in  evening,  v.  s.  ad  5  xii.  Let  him  now  have  the 
following, 

R.  Sol.  Magnes.  Sulphat.  siv.1  Repeat  fomen- 
tations. 

April  1 .  Twenty-four  ounces  of  blood  taken  yester- 
day morning.  Through  the  day  more  comfortable  than 
on  the  preceding  ;  talked  in  sleep.  Coughs  a  good  deal, 
sometimes  without  expectoration ;  expectoration  four 
ounces  of  frothy,  viscid  mucus  with  a  uniform  mixture  of 
blood,  approaching  a  vermilion  tint  more  than  heretofore ; 
countenance  less  flushed,  its  expression  less  anxious ;  p. 
116  after  getting  up  and  down  twice;  tongue  moist,  of 
good  color,  not  much  coated ;  has  appetite,  with  very 
little  thirst ;  three  dejections. 

By  stethoscope  ; — below  right  clavicle  extending  to 
mamary  region,  a  crepito-mucous  rale ;  beneath  right 

1  This  quantity  of  the  solution  contains  one  ounce  of  the  salt. 


149 


scapula  crepitousr  ale ;  lower  down  on  back  respiration 
vesicular.  On  percussion,  flat  in  right  infra-clavicular 
and  mammary  regions.  On  the  left,  in  front,  respiration 
loud,  rough,  sibilant ;  natural  on  percussion. 

If  there  be  increase  of  pain,  of  distress  in  respiration, 
or  of  fever,  v.  s.  as  directed  yesterday. 

Cerat.  Canthar.  7 — 6  below  right  scapula. 

Omit  Pil.  Hyd.  Sub.  Comp. 
R.  Hyd.  Subm.  gr.  xv. 

Pulv.  Opii.  gr.  i. 

Antim.  Tartar.  gr.  i. 

Muc.  G.  Arab.  Q.S. 

M.  f.  pil.  No.  vi.     Let  him  take  one  every  six  hours. 

April  2.  Reports  that  he  is  better  and  has  been  so 
through  the  day  and  night.  P.  96,  soft  and  indistinct ; 
expectoration  more  copious,  but  of  the  same  character ; 
tongue  the  same  ;  four  dejections ;  no  chills,  nor  flushing 
of  the  face. 

By  stethoscope ; — in  anterior  part  of  right  thorax  muco- 
crepitous  rale  ;  in  right  scapular  region  segophony. 

Omit  pills  of  yesterday.  Pil.  hyd.  sub.  comp.  one 
night  and  morning.  If  violent  symptoms  return  v.  s.  and 
pills  of  yesterday. 

April  3.  P.  96,  fuller,  harder  ;  skin  hot,  face  flushed ; 
reports  not  so  well ;  day  very  comfortable  ;  a  little  sleep 
early  in  night,  then  restlessness ;  some  sleep  latter  part 
of  night  and  this  morning ;  expectoration  less  bloody,  but 
still  crude  and  viscid ;  lies  most  easily  on  right  side, 


150 

where  he  has  occasionally   sharp,   shooting  pains;  two 
dejections ;  some  soreness  of  gums. 

By  stethoscope  ; — aegophony  very  distinct  in  right  scap- 
ular region. 

Omit  pills.     R.  Pulv.  Colchic,  rad.  gss. 

Potass,  et  Sodae  Tartrat.  Sss. 
M.  Div.  in  Ch.  No.  V. 
of  these  powders  let  him  take  one  every  six  hours. 

V.  S.  ad.  sviii.  vel  x. 

At  bed-time.     Pulv.  Opii.  gr.  i. 

April  4.  P.  88.  less  full ;  skin  soft ;  countenance  less 
flushed  ;  more  easy ;  less  groaning ;  reports  more  com- 
fortable and  has  been  so  through  day  and  night ;  expec- 
toration as  before,  except  two  sputa  of  semi-opake  mucus  ; 
three  dejections  without  pain. 

By  stethoscope, — aegophony  diminished  in  extent. 

Powders  of  yesterday,  one  every  eight  hours.  Same 
opiate  at  night  as  last  night. 

April  5.  One  dejection  ;  p.  72,  very  soft ;  expecto- 
ration viscid  mucus,  less  rusty  and  some  of  it  not  at  all 
colored  ;  cough  more  catarrhal  in  its  character,  shaking 
and  distressing  the  head. 

Omit  the  powders  of  the  3d. 

R.  Balsam.  Copaibae.  gtt.  xx. 

Syrup.  Simp.  sss.  M.  to  be  taken  3  times  a  day. 

Opiate  at  night,  if  need. 

April  6.  P.  48.  Expectoration  entirely  without  co- 
lor ;  four  dejections  with  some  griping ;  slept  well  with- 


151 


out  opiate  ;  now,  lying  on  left  side  and  breathing  easily  ; 
appetite  very  good. 

Continue  balsam,  &tc. 

April  7.  P.  as  yesterday  ;  skin  soft,  moist,  warm ; 
tongue  cleaning ;  one  dejection  ;  blister  on  scapula  still 
open  and  sore  ;  sleeps  well  without  opiate  ;  has  appetite, 
desires  fresh  pork  and  eggs. 

Let  him  have  milk  porridge. 

April  8.  Milk  porridge  grateful  and  no  trouble  at  sto- 
mach from  it ;  tongue  never  cleaner  ;  slept  well  through 
most  of  the  afternoon  and  night ;  p.  60 ;  cough  rather 
harder ;  3  or  4  sputa  slightly  colored ;  room  got  cold  in 
the  night. 

April  9.  Out  of  bed  and  dressed  ;  looks  better ;  tongue 
clean  ;  p.  72 ;  one  dejection  ;  head  dizzy  and  not  easy ; 
vision  not  quite  distinct ;  cough  less  easy  by  his  report, 
but  sounds  loose. 

Omit  medicine. 

April  10.  Symptoms  in  head  increased  with  some 
pain  ;  much  giddiness  on  rising  from  chair,  or  on  sudden 
motion  ;  slept  tolerably ;  felt  cold  in  night  and  the  same 
the  night  before ;  soreness  about  angles  of  jaw,  across 
the  nose  and  extending  towards  and  below  left  eye,  with 
erythematous  redness  there,  but  little  swelling ;  pulse, 
tongue  and  skin  as  well ;  nasal  mucus  dry  and  hard  ;  no 
dejection. 

R.  Infus.  Sennae  Comp.  sii.  to  be  taken  now  and  re- 
peated once  in  3  hours  till  a  free  dejection.  Apply  to 


152 


inflamed  parts  on  the  face  compresses  wet  in  diluted  Al- 
cohol. 

Pil  Scill.  Comp.  at  bed  time. 

April  11.  P.  68,  hard,  full;  erythema  diminished  on 
left  side  of  face,  extended  on  the  right  and  there  slight 
vesication ;  expectoration  easier  and  sputa  more  distinct. 

R.  Sol.  Antimon.  Tart.  si.  to  be  taken  every  two  hours  ; 
if  nausea,  diminish  the  dose,  Repeat  pill  at  night. 

April  12.  T.  rather  more  coated  ;  pulse  and  skin  well; 
erythema  nearly  gone  from  left  side  of  nose,  remains  on 
right  cheek,  but  abating ;  less  sore  on  sides  of  neck ; 
throat  sore,  but  no  redness,  deglutition  easy.  The  first 
dose  of  the  solution  occasioned  nausea  and  vomiting;  the 
second  (sss.)  was  well  borne,  and  subsequently  the  full 
dose  was  equally  well  borne ;  five  dejections  small  and 
loose. 

Let  him  have  the  solution  once  in  four  hours,  unless 
diarrhoea  continue ;  if  so,  omit  it. 

For  diet,  bread  and  porridge. 

April  13.  Some  pain  yesterday  above  left  eye  and 
temple ;  p.  60 ;  tongue  nearly  clean ;  slight  epistaxis  two 
or  three  times  daily;  expectoration,  mucus,  somewhat 
opake,  with  one  or  two  streaks  of  blood  ;  the  source  of 
this  doubtful ;  one  dejection  yesterday ;  some  giddiness 
when  sitting  up,  none  in  bed.  Very  little  hardness  only 
remains  in  skin  of  the  face. 

Solution  once  in  six  hours. 

April  14.  Continues  to  mend ;  appetite  increased ; 
face  nearly  well ;  cough  continues. 


153 


Increase  food  gradually. 

April  15.  Altogether  well ;  yet  is  feeble,  probably 
from  lying  in  bed. 

Let  him  be  up  and  dressed. 

Broth  and  bread. 

April  16.  Up  and  dressed  ;  looks  well ;  expectora- 
tion small,  not  morbid  ;  no  remains  of  erythema  ;  walks 
about  the  ward. 

Omit  the  solution. 

From  this  day  he  was  convalescent,  and  on  April  25th 
was  discharged  well. 


Entered  for  influenza,  was  convalescent,  and  then 
seized  with  pneumonitis  ;  from  which  convalescent  on 
fourth  day. 

Dec.  10,  1831.  A.  B.  female,  aged  36.  Cook  in 
hospital.  Has  had  a  cold  for  a  fortnight,  but  not  much 
sick  until  the  8th.  Since  then,  very  unwell,  i.  e.  head- 
ache, chills,  pain  all  over,  no  appetite. 

Now  on  the  bed;  pulse  84,  neither  full  nor  hard. 
Face  and  skin  generally  flushed,  veins  distended ;  skin 
rather  warm,  not  dry.  Tongue  very  slightly  coated,  not 
moist.  Eyes  suffused,  eyes  and  nose  flowing.  Pain  in 
head,  eyes,  and  limbs  ;  also  at  epigastrium  passing  to 
sides  and  bowels.  Nausea,  disgust  of  food.  No  dejec- 
tion for  two  days.  Took  last  evening  the  following : 

1  This  is  case  XIII.  in  Table  I. 

20 


154 

R.  Pulv.  Ipecac  et  Opii. 
Hydr.  Submur.  aa.  gr.  vi. 

M.    

This  morning,  the  following : 
R.  Solut.  Antimon.  Tart.   3i. 

"       Magnesiae  Sulphat.   Siii. 
M.     Repeat  p.  r.  n. 

If  pain  in  side  become  urgent,  venesection  and  vesi- 
cation. 

llth.  Vomited  bile  copiously  many  times,  with  much 
straining,  but  with  much  relief.  Afterward  repeated  sul- 
phate and  had  enema ;  then  followed  eight  dejections, 
copious.  No  pain  in  chest.  Pain  in  limbs  continues  ; 
not  in  head,  but  this  remains  dull  and  stupid.  Tongue 
as  yesterday.  Pulse  72.  Respiration  easy.  Nasal  ca- 
tarrh, also  some  cough  with  expectoration  of  serous  fluid 
and  some  porraceous  matter. 

R.  Pil.  Aloes  Comp.  to  be  taken  at  bed  time  if  un- 
comfortable. 

3  P.  M.     Comfortable. 

12th.  Day  and  night  comfortable  ;  too  weak  to  sit  up ; 
soon  tired  by  the  attempt ;  nearly  free  from  pain.  Cough 
not  urgent.  Three  dejections  ;  did  not  take  pill. 

13th.  Up  and  dressed;  feels  better;  not  strong; 
bowels  open. 

14th.  The  same;   gains  no  strength;  annoyed  most 
by  pain  in  limbs.     Pediluvium  at  night. 
15th.  Better.    Reports  well. 


155 

16th.  In  bed;  not  so  well.  Comfortable  till  4  A.M.; 
since  then,  pain  in  left  shoulder  and  left  side,  quite  sharp 
at  first ;  now  not  severe,  except  on  inspiration.  Pulse 
120,  small  and  rather  hard.  Pain  was  preceded  by  chill. 
In  the  night  by  accident  a  blanket  was  removed  from  the 
bed.  Took  more  food  yesterday,  but  without  any  evil. 
Now  flushed  and  rather  warm.  One  dejection  sufficient. 

Venesection  to  12  ounces.  Blister  6  inches  by  4  to 
side.  If  not  evidently  relieved  at  bed  time,  take  Pil. 
Hydr.  Submur.  comp. 

17th.  Slightly  faint  from  bleeding.  Before  evening 
pain  much  mitigated.  Pulse  90,  small,  rather  hard. 
Countenance  flushed,  but  less  so.  Tongue  has  more 
formal  white  coat.  Not  much  cough ;  sputa  transparent 
mucus  ;  some  of  reddish,  more  of  yellowish  color  ;  sore- 
ness under  sternum  and  in  left  thorax  ;  more  in  acromial 
region.  Wakeful  in  night  with  sense  of  faintness ;  no 
pain  nor  cough  ;  sighs  as  if  from  feeling  of  faintness.  No 
dejection.  Blood  buffed  and  slightly  cupped. 

R.  Solut.  Magnesia?  Sulphat.  §iii.  now,  and  in  five 
hours  repeat  if  no  dejection.  Pill  to  be  repeated  at 
night.  If  recurrence  of  pain,  vesicate. 

18th.  Better  through  day  and  night.  Countenance 
much  improved.  Feels  better.  Pulse  sufficiently  strong 
and  natural ;  tongue  mends  a  little  ;  pain  and  soreness 
nearly  gone.  Coughs  very  little ;  expectorates  a  little 
mucus,  partly  gray.  Three  dejections  after  one  dose. 

Omit  pill  unless  symptoms  return. 


156 

19th.  Up  and  dressed.  No  pain  in  side ;  same  pain 
continues  at  bottom  of  sternum.  Neither  cough  nor  ex- 
pectoration. Appears  languid  ;  has  appetite  ;  tongue  not 
clean. 

Diet.     A  little  bread. 

20th.  Feels  and  looks  convalescent  ;  has  appetite. 
Increase  food  gradually. 

21st.  Doing  well.     Tongue  clean.     No  dejection. 
R.  Solut.  Magnesiae  Sulphat.  §iii. 

22d.  Tongue  more  clean.  Otherwise  the  same ;  two 
dejections. 

23d.  Doing  well ;  strength  returns  slowly. 

24th.  Gains  strength. 

25th.  Stronger;  better. 

27th.  Doing  well. 

28th.  Appears  and  reports  well.     Discharged  well. 

THIRD  CASE. 

PneumonitiSf  entered  12th  day,  fatal  on  20^  day. 

January  28,  1834.  Connelly,  laborer.  Male.  Mt. 
35.  Large,  full  chest.  Has  had  cough  and  dyspnoea  for 
four  years,  for  the  most  part  without  expectoration,  and 
never  sufficient  to  interrupt  him  in  his  occupation.  On 
the  17th  instant  was  engaged  in  shovelling  mud  from  a 
scow  into  the  water.  This  his  usual  employment.  He 
was  thus  occupied  for  two  hours,  during  which  time  the 
water  was  constantly  splashing  against  him,  and  freezing 
upon  his  clothes.  He  was  at  this  time  in  a  profuse  sweat, 


157 


and  immediately  sailed  for  an  hour,  standing  at  the  helm. 
During  the  remainder  of  the  day  was  chilly,  had  an  aug- 
mentation of  cough,  with  pain  in  right  side  of  thorax,  and 
much  dyspnoea.  At  midnight  was  intensely  hot ;  after- 
wards sweat  profusely.  Next  day  cough  increased.  Has 
been  confined  to  bed  since  his  attack  ;  has  had  chills  and 
heat  daily,  constant  pain  in  chest  on  full  inspiration,  espe- 
cially in  right  side  ;  also,  on  coughing,  pain  in  the  head. 
Frequently  distressed  for  breath.  Has  not  been  bled, 
but  has  taken  an  emetic.  The  sputa  were  white  on  the 
evening  of  the  attack,  on  the  following  day  red,  &tc. 

3  P.  M.  Pulse  128,  skin  warm  and  moist,  perspiration 
on  face.  Pain  below  right  mamma  on  full  inspiration. 
Cough  frequent,  for  the  most  part  without  expectoration. 

7  P.  M.  Pulse  as  before,  full  and  hard.  Skin  ex- 
tremely hot  and  dry,  face  flushed.  Scarcely  any  sleep 
since  attack. 

Venesection  p.  r.  n. 

Cerat  Cantharid.  6 — 5  over  seat  of  pain. 

R.  Liq.  Ant.  Tart.  3i.  every  two  hours. 

29th.  Sixteen  ounces  of  blood  taken  with  relief  of 
pain  and  dyspnoea,  not  faint,  blood  not  buffed.  Coughed 
much  in  night,  had  but  little  sleep  ;  yet  he  says  his  night 
was  far  better  than  the  night  previous.  Sputa  about 
two  ounces  adhesive  mucus,  rusty,  distinctly  bloody  in 
some  parts.  Pulse  112.  Tongue  moist  now,  has  been 
dry  in  sulcus,  clean  at  edges,  white  on  lobes. 

On  right  back  crepitous  rale,  finer  below,  gradually 


158 


becoming  more  coarse  as  you  ascend,  getting  into  mucous 
at  the  upper  part ;  occasionally  bronchial  respiration  on  the 
right  back.  In  right  breast  occasional  bronchial  respira- 
tion, vesicular  murmur  and  rales  wanting  or  nearly  so. 
Left  back  respiration  noisy,  vesicular.  On  percussion, 
flat  over  the  whole  of  right  back,  least  so  at  the  top. 
Same  as  to  the  right  breast,  most  flat  at  the  lowest  part. 

One  dejection  in  evening  moderate,  one  in  night  copi- 
ous, loose  and  of  good  color.  Urine  bright,  high  colored, 
without  sediment. 

Continue  solution  of  antimony,  increasing  each  dose 
by  5i.  unless  nausea  or  vomiting,  then  lessen  the  dose, 
or  if  there  be  nausea  or  two  dejections  after  a  dose  of  less 
than  5iii.  add  to  each  dose  the  following  : 
R.  Tinct.  Opii.     gtt.  v. 

30th.  Flushed  P.  M.,  but  not  hot.  More  tranquil 
day  and  night.  Short  naps  terminating  in  starts.  Not 
much  cough  in  night.  This  morning  better.  Pulse  1 1 2, 
rather  hard,  not  full.  Skin  temperate,  rather  moist  than 
dry.  Respirations  36.  Urine  sufficient,  high  colored, 
turbid,  without  lateritious  sediment. 

In  front  percussion  nearly  as  good  on  the  right  as  on 
the  left  breast.  In  right  thorax,  respiration  substantially 
as  yesterday ;  bronchial  sound  more  evident,  especially 
on  the  back.  On  left  back,  lower  half,  crepitous  rale, 
yet  the  respiration  is  more  vesicular  than  on  the  right. 

Two  dejections,  small. 

Says  he  has  no  pain,  but  points  to  right  breast,  saying 


159 

there  is  something  there  "  smothering  him,"  preventing 
his  cough. 

Has  taken  5xii.  of  Solution  of  Antimony  at  a  dose 
without  nausea. 

Apply  under  the  scapulae,  most  under  the  right,  the 
following : 

Cerat.  Cantharid.  6 — 8. 

31st.  Tranquil  in  the  day ;  slight  flush  on  face.  At 
times  cool  in  day,  more  so  in  night :  some  good  sleep  in 
latter  part  of  night.  Countenance  languid,  some  yellow- 
ness of  skin,  had  the  same  yesterday.  Cough  less 
troublesome.  Expectoration  less  viscid,  more  easy. 
Pulse  96,  rather  hard.  Respirations  28.  Tongue  moist 
at  edges,  dry  with  scales  over  tip  and  middle.  Still 
complains  of  right  breast  near  mamma,  more  than  of  any 
other  part. 

On  right  back  crepitous  rale,  more  distinct  in  lower 
half,  not  heard  above  scapula.  Also,  bronchial  respi- 
ration above  scapula  and  below,  less  below.  In  right 
breast  crepitous  rale  with  bronchial  respiration. 

On  percussion  in  front,  when  lying  on  back,  more  flat 
in  both  breasts  than  yesterday,  especially  in  the  right. 

Takes  Sxxiii  of  solution  at  a  dose.  Slight  nausea  and 
retching  after  one  dose.  Four  loose  dejections  ;  three  of 
them  rather  copious. 

Continue  at  this  dose  unless  nausea. 

Cerat.  Cantharid.  6 — 4  on  right  breast. 

Feb.  1st.  Since  12  M.  yesterday  has  vomited  four  or 


160 

five  times,  mostly  a  green  fluid,  the  last  light  straw  co- 
lored. Otherwise,  day  comfortable.  Restless  early  in 
night.  Some  groaning  in  sleep.  Two  dejections, 
small  and  loose.  Coughed  less.  Sputa  very  little,  if  at 
all  colored ;  this  morning  without  blood,  getting  to  be 
opake,  puriform.  Pulse  90.  Respirations  24,  more 
full.  Skin  temperate,  a  little  moist,  especially  on  face  ; 
sweat  noticed  in  night.  Urine  a  little  dark,  quite 
transparent  and  free  from  sediment.  Tongue  covered 
with  scales,  more  continuous  than  yesterday  :  one  small 
pustule  on  the  tip,  moist  at  sides. 

Over  right  back,  coarse  crepitous  rale  every  where 
above  scapula  ;  quite  at  apex,  respiration  bronchial. 
Left  back,  crepitous  rale  diminished,  less  extensive ; 
where  there  is  no  rale,  respiration  puerile,  coarse ;  the 
same  (puerile  and  coarse)  in  left  breast,  except  perhaps  a 
sound  of  distant  crepitous  rale  on  expiration.  In  right 
breast,  coarse  crepitous  rale :  the  respiration  less  vesi- 
cular than  behind.  On  percussion,  upper  part  of  both 
breasts  less  flat  than  yesterday. 

Omit  Antimony. 

Feb.  2d.  More  restless  through  day  and  night.  Vom- 
ited often  until  night  a  green  fluid,  less  than  half  a  pint. 
Five  small  dejections.  Cough  rather  lessened.  Expec- 
toration not  bloody,  but  is  mixed  with  the  fluid  vomited. 
Now  respirations  40,  labored,  irregular.  Pulse  120. 
Tongue  more  dry  on  sides,  otherwise  as  yesterday. 
Countenance  fatigued  ;  much  sweat  on  face. 


161 


Says  his  pain  is  in  the  right  breast  passing  down  across 
the  abdomen  ;  feels  "bound  "  in  the  abdomen ;  complains 
on  pressure  at  every  part  of  abdomen,  which  is  full,  but 
not  tense,  resounding  on  percussion  at  superior  parts,  less 
so  inferiorly,  i.  e.  the  right  side  on  which  he  lies.  Urine 
as  yesterday.  On  percussion,  resounds  sufficiently  well 
in  both  breasts,  rather  less  on  right.  Rale  not  materially 
altered  from  yesterday.  On  the  neck,  head,  face  and 
breast,  a  copious  eruption  of  very  minute  pustules,  prom- 
inent, size  of  a  pin's  point,  with  an  areola  round  each  of 
a  pale  red  color  :  the  whole  intermediate  skin  is  redden- 
ed :  some  pustules  about  the  groin  also,  very  few  else- 
where. 

Cerat  Cantharid.  9 — 7  over  right  thorax  down  on  to 
the  abdomen. 

R.  Tinct.  Opii.  gtt.  xxx. 

Aquae  §ss.      M.  to  be  taken  immediately  ;  if 

rendered  more  comfortable  by  this,  repeat  not  oftener 
than  once  in  six  hours. 

Enema  now. 

Feb.  3d.  Generally  distressed  through  the  day,  at  times 
delirious.  Countenance  livid  ;  it  was  thus  livid  at  5  P.  M. 
Had  one  dose  of  the  opiate  in  morning  without  relief. 
At  5  P.  M.  had  a  second  dose  of  40  drops.  After  this, 
dyspnoea  increased  and  the  opiate  was  omitted.  This 
distress  lasted  until  after  midnight,  since  then  has  been 
getting  easier.  Vesication  took  place  in  night.  After 
enema  two  dejections,  the  first  copious,  light  green. 
21 


162 


Coughed  very  little.  Sputa  almost  nothing,  dried  up, 
opake  mucus,  frothy. 

Now,  pulse  120.  Skin  pleasantly  warm,  inclining  to 
moisture.  Complexion  much  more  natural.  Counte- 
nance less  fatigued.  Respiration  30,  more  full,  less  labor- 
ed ;  yet,  dilatation  of  alae  nasi.  Eyes  very  heavy.  Pus- 
tules of  yesterday  a  little  flattened,  the  areolae  increased 
in  size.  Teeth  crusted  and  foul.  Tongue  rather  less 
dry.  Abdomen  less  full,  easier  ;  less  tender  on  pressure. 
No  delirium.  Much  sweating  during  day  and  early  part 
of  night. 

Right  breast,  the  rale  is  more  coarse,  rattling,  mucous, 
with  more  or  less  vesicular  respiration.  Right  back, 
respiration  bronchial  nearly  to  lower  part  of  scapula  ;  be- 
low this,  crepitous  rale  getting  finer  as  you  descend. 
Lower  half  of  left  back,  crepitous  rale.  During  visit  has 
expectorated  three  times.  Has  taken  but  little  nutriment. 
Has  much  thirst. 

May  have  barley  water  with  sugar  and  lemon  juice. 
§ss.  to  §i.  not  oftener  than  once  an  hour. 

Enema.     And  repeat  if  no  dejection. 

If  cough  become  distressing  without  easy  expectora- 
tion, take  §ss.  of  the  following  every  hour  till  relieved. 

R.     Syrup  Tolu.  > 

>  aa  §ss. 
Syrup  Scill.  J 

Muc.  Acac.  §i. 

M.     Tinct.  Opii.  5i. 

If  increase  of  distress  and  dyspnoea,  apply  poultice  to 
blister. 


163 

Feb.  4th.  From  4  P.  M.  to  4  A.  M,  much  dyspnoea, 
and  cough  without  expectoration,  accompained  with  pro- 
fuse sweat  some  of  the  time.  At  some  periods,  com- 
plexion livid.  Two  dejections  after  enema  not  small, 
loose,  of  good  color.  Took  the  mixture  3  times  without 
relief.  Not  comforted  by  poultice.  Acid  in  barley  water 
not  grateful.  Has  taken  a  pint  of  barley  water.  Ex- 
pectoration almost  nothing  since  4  P.  M.  The  effort 
produces  nausea.  Pulse  140,  small  and  weak.  Respi- 
rations 36,  more  full.  Urine  rather  dark,  perfectly  clear. 
Tongue  less  swollen,  dry,  scales  less  thick. 

In  left  breast  respiration  is  coarse  though  vesicular.     In 
right  breast  muco-crepitous  rale,  more  expansion  below 
than  at  the  upper  part.     On  the  right  back  respiration 
as  yesterday,  except  that  the  bronchial  extends  some 
what  downward. 

Eruption  fading.  Muscular  strength  less.  Abdomen 
rather  more  full  than  yesterday  ;  still  tender  ;  thinks  he 
feels  better  there. 

Cerat  Cantharid,  8 — 6,  on  right  breast* 

Enema. 

R.  Syrup  Senega?  3i.  to  be  taken  every  2  or  3  hours, 
if  expectoration  is  made  more  easy  by  it. 

Feb.  5th.  Respiration  48,  labored.  Pulse  140,  rather 
hard,  not  easily  compressed  but  smaller.  Skin  warm, 
moist.  Face  more  pale,  and  in  a  full  sweat.  Vomited  a 
little  yesterday.  Five  dejections,  one  of  them  copious. 
No  relief  from  Syrup.  It  produced  nausea  and  was 


164 


therefore  omitted.  Cough  frequent,  not  long  continued. 
Very  little  expectoration,  light  colored,  opake  mucus, 
frothy.  Tongue  not  dry  but  pasty  in  the  middle.  Has 
not  had  any  opiate.  Vesicated  without  obvious  relief. 
Abdomen  not  full  nor  tense,  little  or  no  pain  there. 
Urine  as  before.  Prone  to  sleep  in  short  naps. 
R.  Tinct.  Opii.  3i. 

Syrup  Tolu.  > 
;     r  <  aa  §1. 

Muc.  Acac.  ) 

M. 

Take  3ii.  every  two  hours  until  three  doses  are  taken  ; 
then  once  every  four  or  five  hours,  unless  too  much  in- 
fluenced by  the  opiate. 

6  P.  M.     Died. 

Autopsy,  Feb.  6,  1834.  Fourteen  hours  after  death. 
Externally,  percussion  flat  over  right  thorax,  laterally 
and  posteriorly.  Surface  of  abdomen  and  legs  covered 
with  numerous  little  white  vesicles ;  back  livid,  studded 
with  innumerable  small  pustules  as  during  life.  Integu- 
ments of  chest,  both  skin  and  muscles  peculiarly  moist ; 
a  little  serosity  flowing  from  them  on  incision. 

Abdomen,  pharynx  and  oesophagus  natural. 

Stomach  two  or  three  times  its  natural  volume ;  intes- 
tinal surface  covered  with  a  great  quantity  of  attached, 
though  not  very  adhesive  mucus :  color  generally  of  a 
grayish  red,  in  some  parts  in  dots,  elsewhere  more  gen- 
erally diffused.  Near  and  about  cardia  and  in  great  cul 
de  sac  little  grayish  points,  large  as  mustard  seed,  having 


165 

their  seat  in  the  mucous  membrane,  and  seem  like  col- 
lapsed vesicles  on  its  internal  surface,  when  detached : 
mucous  membrane  mamelonated,  pale,  not  very  marked 
about  pylorus.  Thickness  and  consistence  natural.  Strips 
three  or  four  lines ;  greatest  at  great  cul  de  sac,  five  or  six 
on  faces,  and  twelve  to  fifteen  on  small  curvature.  Small 
intestines,  volume  natural,  containing  a  pultaceous  sort  of 
mucus,  closely  attached,  but  not  adhesive,  yellow ;  in 
upper  two  thirds  mucous  membrane  pale ;  below,  red  in 
some  patches,  but  not  very  finely  injected.  Black  points 
in  Peyer's  glands  very  manifest;  otherwise  as  usual. 
Several  of  Brunner's  glands,  with  black  points,  and  en- 
larged, in  the  last  foot  or  two  :  mucous  membrane  natu- 
ral in  thickness  and  consistence,  except  in  last  foot  or 
two,  where  it  is  a  little  thickened,  and  less  consistent 
than  natural ;  strips  two  or  three  lines  at  most. 

Large  intestine  moderate  size ;  mucous  membrane  gen- 
erally pale  ;  but  in  some  parts  of  a  pale  red.  In  the 
first  foot  Brunner's  glands  enlarged,  and  some  looked  like 
pustules  of  a  yellowish  white  color,  round,  acuminated ; 
mucous  membrane  over  them  destroyed,  letting  escape  at 
the  orifice  a  yellow  white  mass,  nearly  as  large  as  the 
head  of  a  pin,  and  resembling  effused  lymph.  Similar 
affection  of  a  pustular  form  in  last  foot  of  intestine  ;  mu- 
cous membrane  lessened  in  consistence  in  many  parts. 

Liver  large,  of  rather  a  pale  aspect,  granular ;  natural 
consistence. 

Spleen  natural  in  size,  color,  and  consistence. 


166 

Kidneys,  the  external  coat  still  adheres  a  little,  i.  e.  a 
thin  lamina  remains  after  attempts  to  detach  it ;  substance 
very  granular  to  eye  when  this  lamina  is  detached :  con- 
sistence good. 

Thorax.  Pericardium  contains  two  or  three  ounces 
clear  serosity.  Heart  distended  with  blood  ;  firm,  fibri- 
nous  coagula  in  each  side ;  organ  natural ;  valves  natural. 

Right  lung  adherent  every  where,  except  anterior  edge 
and  portion  of  base ;  adheres  by  recent  false  membranes 
easily  broken  ;  lung  large,  heavy  ;  retained  its  full  size 
when  removed  from  cavity ;  crepitates  only  at  anterior 
edge  of  upper  lobe,  and  in  lower  portion  of  lower  lobe. 
Surface,  generally,  of  a  somewhat  red  hue.  No  polish 
upon  pleura  except  in  parts  already  noticed  as  free  from 
adhesion ;  upper  lobe  hepatized  almost  throughout,  pass- 
ing into  third  stage,  and  at  one  part  near  apex  quite 
broken,  of  a  grayish,  dark  red  color  superiorly,  becoming 
more  red  below;  yielding  pus  on  pressure  at  various 
points,  especially  superiorly  ;  granulations  very  distinct, 
like  little  white  bodies,  very  numerous  ;  easily  penetrated 
by  finger.  Lower  lobe  in  same  state,  but  less  advanced 
and  still  containing  some  air.  Mucous  membrane  of  bron- 
chia, of  a  deep  dark  red,  and  having  a  thickened  aspect. 

Left  lung  generally  healthy  :  a  few  slight  adhesions 
laterally.  Pleura  preserves  its  polish  almost  throughout: 
this  lung  lighter,  smaller,  paler  than  the  right ;  generally 
crepitating ;  solid,  in  limited  portion  of  lower  lobe  poste- 
riorly, near  vertebral  region  ;  thought  to  be  hepatized  in 
this  portion. 


167 


REMARKS  ON  THE  THIRD  CASE. 

This  case  is  published,  because  it  is  the  only  case  in 
our  records,  in  which  pneumonitis  on  one  side  only,  with- 
out any  other  disease,  has  proved  fatal.  In  the  other 
fatal  cases  the  pneumonitis  was  double ;  or,  while  one 
lung  only  was  affected,  there  was  also  pericarditis,  or 
some  other  disease  of  magnitude.  The  intelligent  reader 
will  join  me  in  the  doubt,  whether  the  foregoing  can  be 
said  to  be  a  pneumonitis  of  one  side  only. 

It  is  true  however  that,  while  the  right  lung  was  greatly 
diseased,  the  left  scarcely  exhibited  any,  if  any,  marks  of 
inflammation  after  death;  so  that  the  patient  may  be 
thought  to  have  died  of  single  pneumonitis.  But,  if  our 
estimate  of  the  physical  signs  during  life  was  correct,  there 
had  existed  inflammation  of  the  left  side  also.  I  can  hardly 
doubt  our  accuracy  as  to  the  physical  signs,  because  they 
were  observed  separately  and  independently  by  my  late 
son  and  myself.  At  the  time  when  this  case  occurred  I 
had  reason  to  believe  that  I  had  at  length  acquired  the 
art  of  distinguishing  those  signs  with  some  exactness; 
and  my  son  had  recently  returned  from  Paris,  where  he 
had  studied  the  arts  of  auscultation  and  percussion,  as  it 
seemed  to  me,  with  great  success.  I  should  not  have 
indulged  in  these  remarks,  were  it  not  to  support  the 
pathological  conclusion,  which  the  results  in  our  hospital 
would  lead  us  to  make,  viz.  that  simple  pneumonitis  of 
one  side,  in  adults,  is  very  rarely,  if  ever,  fatal  among  us* 


168 

It  may  be  noted  that  this  patient  took  an  extraordinary 
quantity  of  tartarized  antimony  ;  for  one  day  his  dose 
was  five  grains  and  three  quarters  every  two  hours, 
making  nearly  seventy  grains.  The  medicine  was  stop- 
ped from  an  apprehension  of  evil,  though  none  then 
appeared  ;  but  afterwards  he  had  copious  and  very  ur- 
gent vomiting. 

I  well  remember  that  we  feared,  at  the  time,  that  the 
medicine  might  have  contributed  to  the  fatal  issue ; 
although,  when  it  was  administered,  the  case  had  a  very 
formidable  aspect,  both  lungs  appeared  to  be  diseased,  and 
we  thought  the  patient  gained  something  under  the  use 
of  it.  May  it  be  that  the  slighter  disease  in  the  left  lung 
was  removed  by  its  influence,  while  that  of  the  right  lung 
resisted  it? 


While  the  foregoing  sheets  have  been  going  through 
the  press,  it  has  occurred  to  me  that  it  would  be  satis- 
factory to  many  readers  to  know  the  proportion  of  fatal 
cases  of  pneumonitis  in  our  hospital.  I  had  neglected  to 
take  notes  on  this  point  while  examining  the  case-books. 
The  time  would  hardly  permit  me  to  go  through  all  of 
these  books.  I  therefore  limited  myself  to  those  of  the 
last  four  years ;  beginning  with  December  3d,  1831, 
when  a  new  volume  commenced,  and  just  when  pneu- 
monitis began  to  prevail  in  connexion  with  the  influenza 
of  that  season  ;  and  ending  with  the  corresponding  date 


169 

in  this  year,  1835.  In  this  research  I  have  noted  all  the 
cases  of  pneumonitis,  except  those  which  were  manifestly 
secondary,  such  as  occur  in  typhus,  phthisis,  &ic.  That 
is,  I  have  not  excluded  cases  merely  because  the  patients 
were  manifestly  tuberculous  ;  nor  have  I  excluded  cases, 
as  I  did  from  Table  I.  merely  because  the  dates  of  the 
commencement,  of  bleeding,  of  convalescence,  &tc.  were 
not  well  ascertained.  These  considerations,  the  last  espe- 
cially, were  of  no  consequence  in  our  present  inquiry. 
These  explanations  are  made  to  show  why  the  number 
is  so  much  larger  than  Table  I.  would  lead  the  reader  to 
expect. 

I  find  then,  in  the  period  referred  to,  that  the  whole 
number  of  cases  is  fifty-one  ;  and  among  these  the  recov- 
eries have  been  forty-three,  and  the  deaths  have  been 
eight.  Autopsies  have  been  made  in  all  these  cases 
except  one.  In  no  one  of  the  cases,  where  autopsies  have 
been  made,  has  there  been  found  to  be  a  pneumonitis  of 
one  side  only,  except  in  that  of  Conelly,  which  is  given 
above.  The  reader  will  see  how  much  doubt  there  is 
whether  that  should  be  regarded  as  a  single  pneumonitis. 
In  one  of  the  fatal  cases  there  was  pericarditis,  the  diag- 
nosis well  marked  before  death,  and  much  serous  pus 
found  in  the  pericardium  after  death.  In  another  the  diag- 
nosis was  even  more  satisfactory  before  death  as  to  peri- 
carditis, but  this  was  the  one  in  which  no  autopsy  was 
made,  the  friends  not  consenting  to  it.  In  a  third  there 
had  been  cough  for  ten  years,  and  this  had  been  worse 
22 


170 

for  seven  months  before  the  pneumonitis  ;  there  had  also 
been  signs  of  organic  disease  of  the  heart  for  a  year  or 
more.  After  death  there  were  found  emphysema  of  the 
lungs,  and  hypertrophy  of  the  left  ventricle  of  the  heart. 

Of  the  cases  here  enumerated,  all  were  not  severe  ; 
but  a  large  proportion  of  them  were  so,  as  will  usually 
happen  in  hospitals  ;  in  several  of  those  not  fatal  it  was 
obvious  that  the  lungs  on  both  sides  were  diseased  ;  and 
in  one  there  was  undoubtedly  a  pericarditis,  from  which 
the  recovery  was  complete. 

The  inference  to  be  drawn  is,  that  pneumonitis,  when 
single  and  uncomplicated,  in  an  adult,  not  tuberculous, 
not  having  any  grave  disease  previously,  will  very  rarely 
prove  fatal.  No  one  will  suspect,  surely,  that  I  mean  to 
attribute  this  result  to  any  peculiarly  happy  treatment  in 
our  hospital ;  but  I  am  aware  that,  under  circumstances 
less  favorable  as  respects  temperature  and  common  care, 
the  result  may  not  be  so  happy. 

In  conclusion,  many  readers  may  ask  if  it  is  thought 
that  the  researches,  of  which  this  volume  contains  the 
results,  are  to  be  considered  as  leading  to  any  positive 
conclusions.  Certainly  not.  M.  Louis  has  done  us  great 
service  in  stating  his  own  accurate  observations.  They 
must  have  great  weight  in  the  minds  of  reflecting  men. 
We  have  added  all  the  observations  that  we  have  of  suf- 
ficient accuracy  to  be  compared  with  his,  which  will  be 
received  for  what  they  are  worth.  The  whole  are  to  be 
regarded  as  materials,  to  which  others  are  solicited  to 


171 


make  additions  from  time  to  time ;  that,  at  length,  so 
many  cases,  impartially  collected,  may  be  brought  to- 
gether, as  shall  justify  entire  confidence  in  the  inferences 
to  be  made  from  them.  Ten  hospitals,  under  the  care  of 
honest  physicians,  may  settle  the  questions  discussed  in 
this  work  within  five  years,  so  that  our  posterity  will  not 
for  ages  be  able  to  make  any  material  correction  in  the 
answers.  Seasons  and  epidemics  will  vary  no  doubt; 
but  the  general  laws  will  be  found  the  same,  and  little 
else  would  remain  for  future  ages  than  to  settle  the 
allowance  to  be  made  for  disturbing  forces. 


JUN29 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


MT  Louis,  Pierre  Charles  Alexander 

L  Researches  on  the  effects 

of  bloodletting. • • 

tr,  by  Putnam 

Bio  logic  aj 
&   Medical